WO2013168634A1 - 転写方法及び熱ナノインプリント装置 - Google Patents
転写方法及び熱ナノインプリント装置 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2013168634A1 WO2013168634A1 PCT/JP2013/062590 JP2013062590W WO2013168634A1 WO 2013168634 A1 WO2013168634 A1 WO 2013168634A1 JP 2013062590 W JP2013062590 W JP 2013062590W WO 2013168634 A1 WO2013168634 A1 WO 2013168634A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- processed
- fine pattern
- mask layer
- pattern forming
- forming film
- Prior art date
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims description 190
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 title claims description 93
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 628
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 132
- 239000013039 cover film Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 108
- 230000007261 regionalization Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 48
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims description 514
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 111
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 84
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 claims description 49
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 claims description 44
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 claims description 25
- 238000011144 upstream manufacturing Methods 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 18
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000009477 glass transition Effects 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 128
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 117
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 95
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 82
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 82
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 78
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 70
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 66
- 239000011241 protective layer Substances 0.000 description 65
- -1 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 64
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 49
- 238000001020 plasma etching Methods 0.000 description 45
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 42
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 42
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 41
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 41
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 38
- 238000001312 dry etching Methods 0.000 description 37
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 36
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 35
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 34
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 31
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 30
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 30
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 26
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 25
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 description 24
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 21
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 21
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 21
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 21
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 20
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 17
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 16
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 16
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 15
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 239000010980 sapphire Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910052594 sapphire Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 15
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 14
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 14
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 238000007781 pre-processing Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229920005992 thermoplastic resin Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 11
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 11
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000011342 resin composition Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 description 11
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 10
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000006837 decompression Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000005489 elastic deformation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 9
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000010526 radical polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 8
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 7
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol Natural products OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanuric acid Chemical compound OC1=NC(O)=NC(O)=N1 ZFSLODLOARCGLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000003647 acryloyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 6
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000001723 curing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000008093 supporting effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 5
- 238000010538 cationic polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 150000007973 cyanuric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglycidyl ether Chemical compound C1OC1COCC1CO1 GYZLOYUZLJXAJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 5
- 238000005191 phase separation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012805 post-processing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229920002379 silicone rubber Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004945 silicone rubber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[[3-hydroxy-2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(hydroxymethyl)propane-1,3-diol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CO)(CO)CO TXBCBTDQIULDIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)CO ZJCCRDAZUWHFQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoin Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol F Chemical class C1=CC(O)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 PXKLMJQFEQBVLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 4
- NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoromethane Chemical compound FC NBVXSUQYWXRMNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyacetaldehyde Natural products OCC=O WGCNASOHLSPBMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000000059 patterning Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 4
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon dioxide Inorganic materials O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-hydroxycyclohexyl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1(O)CCCCC1 QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PCKZAVNWRLEHIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-1-[4-[[4-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoyl)phenyl]methyl]phenyl]-2-methylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(C(=O)C(C)(O)C)=CC=C1CC1=CC=C(C(=O)C(C)(C)O)C=C1 PCKZAVNWRLEHIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 3
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 244000043261 Hevea brasiliensis Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920000459 Nitrile rubber Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002292 Nylon 6 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002302 Nylon 6,6 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001328 Polyvinylidene chloride Polymers 0.000 description 3
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000006087 Silane Coupling Agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001252 acrylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 3
- IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bisphenol A Chemical class C=1C=C(O)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 IISBACLAFKSPIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000007664 blowing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000010419 fine particle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001973 fluoroelastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 3
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 229920003052 natural elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001194 natural rubber Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920001195 polyisoprene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000003505 polymerization initiator Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000005033 polyvinylidene chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001187 thermosetting polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MXFQRSUWYYSPOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,2-dimethyl-3-prop-2-enoyloxypropyl) prop-2-enoate Chemical class C=CC(=O)OCC(C)(C)COC(=O)C=C MXFQRSUWYYSPOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYMRCJJQCHGDIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-ethenoxybutan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(O)COC=C VYMRCJJQCHGDIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yldiazenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LEJBBGNFPAFPKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-prop-2-enoyloxyethoxy)ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOCCOC(=O)C=C LEJBBGNFPAFPKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)butoxymethyl]-2-ethylpropane-1,3-diol Chemical compound CCC(CO)(CO)COCC(CC)(CO)CO WMYINDVYGQKYMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-(2-hydroxypropoxy)propoxy]propan-1-ol Chemical compound CC(O)COC(C)COC(C)CO LCZVSXRMYJUNFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEQOJEGTZCTHCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-1-phenylethanone Chemical compound NCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HEQOJEGTZCTHCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ONIKNECPXCLUHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorobenzoyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1Cl ONIKNECPXCLUHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SJEBAWHUJDUKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylanthraquinone Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(CC)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 SJEBAWHUJDUKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RIWRBSMFKVOJMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 RIWRBSMFKVOJMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NJWGQARXZDRHCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylanthraquinone Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 NJWGQARXZDRHCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGUJJOYLOCXENZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-[4-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)phenyl]propan-2-yl]phenol Chemical compound C=1C=C(OCC2OC2)C=CC=1C(C)(C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 DGUJJOYLOCXENZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HMBNQNDUEFFFNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethenoxybutan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCCOC=C HMBNQNDUEFFFNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Epichlorohydrin Chemical compound ClCC1CO1 BRLQWZUYTZBJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JMASRVWKEDWRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium nitride Chemical compound [Ga]#N JMASRVWKEDWRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical class OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQSMEZJWJJVYOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl 2-benzoylbenzoate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 NQSMEZJWJJVYOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 description 2
- PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 PPBRXRYQALVLMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007754 air knife coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003373 anti-fouling effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004380 ashing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007611 bar coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol Chemical compound OCCCCO WERYXYBDKMZEQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- KYKAJFCTULSVSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro(fluoro)methane Chemical compound F[C]Cl KYKAJFCTULSVSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010924 continuous production Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007766 curtain coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- JQVDAXLFBXTEQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutylamine Chemical compound CCCCNCCCC JQVDAXLFBXTEQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007607 die coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 2
- SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N dipropylene glycol Chemical compound OCCCOCCCO SZXQTJUDPRGNJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000002149 energy-dispersive X-ray emission spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007756 gravure coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,6-diol Chemical class OCCCCCCO XXMIOPMDWAUFGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 2
- IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N isocyanate group Chemical group [N-]=C=O IQPQWNKOIGAROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003607 modifier Substances 0.000 description 2
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000005702 oxyalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 229940059574 pentaerithrityl Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaerythritol Chemical compound OCC(CO)(CO)CO WXZMFSXDPGVJKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000000016 photochemical curing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000206 photolithography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001955 polyphenylene ether Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007348 radical reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003252 repetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007761 roller coating Methods 0.000 description 2
- VSZWPYCFIRKVQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N selanylidenegallium;selenium Chemical compound [Se].[Se]=[Ga].[Se]=[Ga] VSZWPYCFIRKVQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003808 silyl group Chemical group [H][Si]([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 2
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 YRHRIQCWCFGUEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000007723 transport mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- 229960000834 vinyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N (+)-borneol Chemical group C1C[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C DTGKSKDOIYIVQL-WEDXCCLWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PPVPVKZXQJZBRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzoyl) 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzenecarboperoxoate Chemical compound FC1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F PPVPVKZXQJZBRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HJIAMFHSAAEUKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-hydroxyphenyl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 HJIAMFHSAAEUKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HGXJDMCMYLEZMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-methylpropan-2-yl)oxy 2,2-dimethylpropaneperoxoate Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OOOC(=O)C(C)(C)C HGXJDMCMYLEZMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLDWUFCUUXXYTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-oxo-1,2-diphenylethyl) 4-methylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)OC(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DLDWUFCUUXXYTB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKZFIPFKXAGEBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N (3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropyl) benzoate Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DKZFIPFKXAGEBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMHJZXQCOUCQQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-[1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propan-2-yl]peroxy-2-(trifluoromethyl)propane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)OOC(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F RMHJZXQCOUCQQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIYIGPVBMDKPCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-bis(ethenoxymethyl)cyclohexane Chemical compound C=COCC1(COC=C)CCCCC1 HIYIGPVBMDKPCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKSUVRWJZCEYQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dimethoxyethylbenzene Chemical compound COC(C)(OC)C1=CC=CC=C1 XKSUVRWJZCEYQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYIGRWUIQAVBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(2-ethenoxyethoxy)ethane Chemical compound C=COCCOCCOCCOC=C CYIGRWUIQAVBFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJZFGDYLJLCGHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(CC)C(CC)=CC=C3SC2=C1 GJZFGDYLJLCGHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UYEDESPZQLZMCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dimethylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(C)C(C)=CC=C3SC2=C1 UYEDESPZQLZMCL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MSAHTMIQULFMRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diphenyl-2-propan-2-yloxyethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC(C)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MSAHTMIQULFMRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940058015 1,3-butylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MWZJGRDWJVHRDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-bis(ethenoxy)butane Chemical compound C=COCCCCOC=C MWZJGRDWJVHRDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNQXSTWCDUXYEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,7,7-trimethylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dione Chemical compound C1CC2(C)C(=O)C(=O)C1C2(C)C VNQXSTWCDUXYEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKEGCUDAFWNSSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-dibromooctane Chemical compound BrCCCCCCCCBr DKEGCUDAFWNSSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALVZNPYWJMLXKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,9-Nonanediol Chemical compound OCCCCCCCCCO ALVZNPYWJMLXKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGYZMNBUZFHYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(1-methoxypropan-2-yloxy)propan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(C)OCC(C)O WGYZMNBUZFHYRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMDHDEPPVWETOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-2,2,2-trichloroethanone Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl)C=C1 IMDHDEPPVWETOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XUIXZBXRQFZHIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[1-(1-hydroxypropan-2-yloxy)propan-2-yloxy]-3-methoxypropan-2-ol Chemical compound COCC(O)COC(C)COC(C)CO XUIXZBXRQFZHIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZDQNWDNMNKSMHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-(2-prop-2-enoyloxypropoxy)propoxy]propan-2-yl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC(C)COC(C)COCC(C)OC(=O)C=C ZDQNWDNMNKSMHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BOCJQSFSGAZAPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloroanthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound O=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2Cl BOCJQSFSGAZAPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012956 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl-ketone Substances 0.000 description 1
- VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-tetramine Chemical compound NCCNCCNCCN VILCJCGEZXAXTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIZHFBODNLEQBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-diethoxy-1-phenylethanone Chemical compound CCOC(OCC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PIZHFBODNLEQBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ROVZEASPTJLFRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-1-(2-phenylphenyl)ethanone Chemical compound COC(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ROVZEASPTJLFRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZZVAVMGKRNEAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethylpropane-1,3-diol;3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO.OCC(C)(C)C(O)=O CZZVAVMGKRNEAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WULAHPYSGCVQHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-ethenoxyethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound OCCOCCOC=C WULAHPYSGCVQHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HLIQLHSBZXDKLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)-1-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOCC(O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 HLIQLHSBZXDKLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SJIXRGNQPBQWMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(diethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCN(CC)CCOC(=O)C(C)=C SJIXRGNQPBQWMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CN(C)CCOC(=O)C(C)=C JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DPBJAVGHACCNRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CN(C)CCOC(=O)C=C DPBJAVGHACCNRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Ethylhexyl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C=C GOXQRTZXKQZDDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXHDHAPOSIFMIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]-1-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCC(O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 XXHDHAPOSIFMIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OBFOSROPNNOGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]-1-phenoxyethanol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCC(O)OC1=CC=CC=C1 OBFOSROPNNOGQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGTYTUFKXYPTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzoylbenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FGTYTUFKXYPTML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholin-4-ylphenyl)butan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2CCOCC2)C=CC=1C(=O)C(CC)(N(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCDADJXRUCOCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chlorothioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(Cl)=CC=C3SC2=C1 ZCDADJXRUCOCJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KMNCBSZOIQAUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KMNCBSZOIQAUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWWXYLGCHHIKNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CCOCCOC(=O)C=C FWWXYLGCHHIKNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPXVRLXJHPTCPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-(4-propan-2-ylphenyl)propan-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)C(C)(C)O)C=C1 QPXVRLXJHPTCPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- OMIGHNLMNHATMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)C=C OMIGHNLMNHATMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GWZMWHWAWHPNHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxypropyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound CC(O)COC(=O)C=C GWZMWHWAWHPNHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- HFCUBKYHMMPGBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound COCCOC(=O)C=C HFCUBKYHMMPGBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-2-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPWKHNDQICVPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylhex-1-en-3-yne Chemical compound CCC#CC(C)=C IXPWKHNDQICVPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MYISVPVWAQRUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylthioxanthen-9-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C)=CC=C3SC2=C1 MYISVPVWAQRUTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UMWZLYTVXQBTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pentylanthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(CCCCC)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 UMWZLYTVXQBTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZVINYQDSSQUKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-phenoxyethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCOC1=CC=CC=C1 RZVINYQDSSQUKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTPSFXZMJKMUJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-tert-butylanthracene-9,10-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C3C(=O)C2=C1 YTPSFXZMJKMUJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGNTUZCMJBTHOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[3-(2,3-dihydroxypropoxy)-2-hydroxypropoxy]propane-1,2-diol Chemical compound OCC(O)COCC(O)COCC(O)CO AGNTUZCMJBTHOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIDWUUDRRVHZLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-3-(2-ethylhexoxymethyl)oxetane Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COCC1(CC)COC1 BIDWUUDRRVHZLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUXZNIDKDPLYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-3-(phenoxymethyl)oxetane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OCC1(CC)COC1 JUXZNIDKDPLYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOZLLNFAKXRSQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-ethyl-3-(prop-2-enoxymethyl)oxetane Chemical compound C=CCOCC1(CC)COC1 QOZLLNFAKXRSQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDFQSFOGKVZWKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-2,2-dimethylpropanoic acid Chemical class OCC(C)(C)C(O)=O RDFQSFOGKVZWKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARXVXVOLXMVYIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbutyl 2-(dimethylamino)benzoate Chemical compound CC(C)CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1N(C)C ARXVXVOLXMVYIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FQMIAEWUVYWVNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-prop-2-enoyloxybutyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OC(C)CCOC(=O)C=C FQMIAEWUVYWVNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYUZOYPRAQASLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-prop-2-enoyloxypropanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCOC(=O)C=C CYUZOYPRAQASLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXFPEBPIARQUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4'-hydroxyacetophenone Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 TXFPEBPIARQUIG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CYCBPQPFMHUATH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)butan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCCOCC1CO1 CYCBPQPFMHUATH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABKAVCFPZAEGKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-ethenyl-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane;6-ethenyl-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane Chemical compound C1C(C=C)CCC2OC21.C1CCCC2OC21C=C ABKAVCFPZAEGKI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXIFAEWFOJETOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-butyl Chemical group [CH2]CCCO SXIFAEWFOJETOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JAGRUUPXPPLSRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-prop-1-en-2-ylphenol Chemical compound CC(=C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 JAGRUUPXPPLSRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JHWGFJBTMHEZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-prop-2-enoyloxybutyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCOC(=O)C=C JHWGFJBTMHEZME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CDSULTPOCMWJCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4h-chromene-2,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C(=O)CC2=C1 CDSULTPOCMWJCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ORTNTAAZJSNACP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)hexan-1-ol Chemical compound OCCCCCCOCC1CO1 ORTNTAAZJSNACP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JTHZUSWLNCPZLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-fluoro-3-methyl-2h-indazole Chemical compound FC1=CC=C2C(C)=NNC2=C1 JTHZUSWLNCPZLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-prop-2-enoyloxyhexyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C FIHBHSQYSYVZQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100033806 Alpha-protein kinase 3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710082399 Alpha-protein kinase 3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004342 Benzoyl peroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzoylperoxide Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)OOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OMPJBNCRMGITSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen sulfide Chemical class S RWSOTUBLDIXVET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C([O-])=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical compound CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229930182556 Polyacetal Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000004695 Polyether sulfone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004697 Polyetherimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052774 Proactinium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical class CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene oxide Chemical compound CC1CO1 GOOHAUXETOMSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910003902 SiCl 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trimethylolpropane triacrylate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(CC)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C DAKWPKUUDNSNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl ether Chemical compound C=COC=C QYKIQEUNHZKYBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LLMJPMVOOFMTKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(3-hydroxypropyl)phenyl]-phenylmethanone Chemical compound OCCCC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 LLMJPMVOOFMTKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVVWZTWDBSEWIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(hydroxymethyl)-3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(CO)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C HVVWZTWDBSEWIH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2-[[3-prop-2-enoyloxy-2,2-bis(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propoxy]methyl]-2-(prop-2-enoyloxymethyl)propyl] prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COCC(COC(=O)C=C)(COC(=O)C=C)COC(=O)C=C MPIAGWXWVAHQBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006096 absorbing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- HTKFORQRBXIQHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N allylthiourea Chemical compound NC(=S)NCC=C HTKFORQRBXIQHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001748 allylthiourea Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-Methylstyrene Chemical compound CC(=C)C1=CC=CC=C1 XYLMUPLGERFSHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthraquinone Natural products CCC(=O)c1c(O)c2C(=O)C3C(C=CC=C3O)C(=O)c2cc1CC(=O)OC PYKYMHQGRFAEBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004056 anthraquinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019400 benzoyl peroxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- GCTPMLUUWLLESL-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 GCTPMLUUWLLESL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- WWQLXRAKBJVNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorophenyl)methanone Chemical compound FC1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1C(=O)C1=C(F)C(F)=C(F)C(F)=C1F WWQLXRAKBJVNCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[2-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C(=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2(O)CCCCC2)C=1C1(O)CCCCC1 MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930006711 bornane-2,3-dione Natural products 0.000 description 1
- HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KQBTUOVABZLXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol;ethane-1,2-diol Chemical compound OCCO.OCCCCO KQBTUOVABZLXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDPAAMHROJBRGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N butane-1,4-diol;propane-1,2-diol Chemical compound CC(O)CO.OCCCCO DDPAAMHROJBRGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006226 butoxyethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003749 cleanliness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009841 combustion method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012141 concentrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000498 cooling water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013256 coordination polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003851 corona treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000853 cresyl group Chemical class C1(=CC=C(C=C1)C)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003020 cross-linked polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004703 cross-linked polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001925 cycloalkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UMDIGDVSRWAXPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexane-1,2-dicarboxylic acid prop-2-enoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C1CCCCC1C(O)=O UMDIGDVSRWAXPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032798 delamination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ODADONMDNZJQMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethoxy-ethyl-[3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propyl]silane Chemical compound CCO[Si](CC)(OCC)CCCOCC1CO1 ODADONMDNZJQMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075557 diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- REQPQFUJGGOFQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylcarbamothioyl n,n-dimethylcarbamodithioate Chemical compound CN(C)C(=S)SC(=S)N(C)C REQPQFUJGGOFQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- ORBFAMHUKZLWSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-(dimethylamino)benzoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1N(C)C ORBFAMHUKZLWSD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005350 fused silica glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002290 gas chromatography-mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N glycidyl methacrylate Chemical compound CC(=C)C(=O)OCC1CO1 VOZRXNHHFUQHIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005484 gravity Effects 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical class I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009776 industrial production Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004255 ion exchange chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000003475 lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lauryl acrylate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C=C PBOSTUDLECTMNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002346 layers by function Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052753 mercury Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001507 metal halide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000005309 metal halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005641 methacryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- YDKNBNOOCSNPNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl 1,3-benzoxazole-2-carboxylate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(C(=O)OC)=NC2=C1 YDKNBNOOCSNPNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010445 mica Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052618 mica group Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KKFHAJHLJHVUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-vinylcarbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C=C)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 KKFHAJHLJHVUDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005121 nitriding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CXQXSVUQTKDNFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N octamethyltrisiloxane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)O[Si](C)(C)C CXQXSVUQTKDNFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000620 organic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003566 oxetanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RPQRDASANLAFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxiran-2-ylmethyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CC(=O)OCC1CO1 RPQRDASANLAFCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXTZRIBXKVRLOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N padimate a Chemical compound CCCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 LXTZRIBXKVRLOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000913 palmityl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 1
- MSSNHSVIGIHOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentafluoropropane Chemical compound FC(F)CC(F)(F)F MSSNHSVIGIHOJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006551 perfluoro alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IMACFCSSMIZSPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenacyl chloride Chemical compound ClCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IMACFCSSMIZSPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WZESLRDFSNLECD-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl prop-2-eneperoxoate Chemical class C=CC(=O)OOC1=CC=CC=C1 WZESLRDFSNLECD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYXOWKPVTCPORE-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenyl-(4-phenylphenyl)methanone Chemical compound C=1C=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 LYXOWKPVTCPORE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFTPIWFEXJRWQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid prop-2-enoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OC(=O)C=C.OP(O)(O)=O MFTPIWFEXJRWQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003021 phthalic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000004987 plasma desorption mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009832 plasma treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001643 poly(ether ketone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003207 poly(ethylene-2,6-naphthalate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002492 poly(sulfone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006122 polyamide resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001707 polybutylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005668 polycarbonate resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004431 polycarbonate resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006068 polycondensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006393 polyether sulfone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001601 polyetherimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011112 polyethylene naphthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920013716 polyethylene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000193 polymethacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006324 polyoxymethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005990 polystyrene resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QTECDUFMBMSHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enyl prop-2-enoate Chemical compound C=CCOC(=O)C=C QTECDUFMBMSHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003507 refrigerant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013557 residual solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005096 rolling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007788 roughening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010008 shearing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009751 slip forming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005361 soda-lime glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011029 spinel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052596 spinel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinic acid Chemical class OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000542 sulfonic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 1
- JBQYATWDVHIOAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N tellanylidenegermanium Chemical compound [Te]=[Ge] JBQYATWDVHIOAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009823 thermal lamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002803 thermoplastic polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002834 transmittance Methods 0.000 description 1
- ILJSQTXMGCGYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)CC(=O)CC(O)=O ILJSQTXMGCGYMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributylphosphine Chemical compound CCCCP(CCCC)CCCC TUQOTMZNTHZOKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JXUKBNICSRJFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethoxy-[3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propyl]silane Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)CCCOCC1CO1 JXUKBNICSRJFAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GAMLUOSQYHLFCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethoxy-[3-[(3-ethyloxetan-3-yl)methoxy]propyl]silane Chemical compound CCO[Si](OCC)(OCC)CCCOCC1(CC)COC1 GAMLUOSQYHLFCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLGLQAWTXXGVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol monomethyl ether Chemical compound COCCOCCOCCO JLGLQAWTXXGVEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DQZNLOXENNXVAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy-[2-(7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptan-4-yl)ethyl]silane Chemical compound C1C(CC[Si](OC)(OC)OC)CCC2OC21 DQZNLOXENNXVAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BPSIOYPQMFLKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy-[3-(oxiran-2-ylmethoxy)propyl]silane Chemical compound CO[Si](OC)(OC)CCCOCC1CO1 BPSIOYPQMFLKFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009281 ultraviolet germicidal irradiation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001039 wet etching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002759 woven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N ε-Caprolactone Chemical compound O=C1CCCCCO1 PAPBSGBWRJIAAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C59/00—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor
- B29C59/02—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing
- B29C59/022—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing characterised by the disposition or the configuration, e.g. dimensions, of the embossments or the shaping tools therefor
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G03—PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
- G03F—PHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
- G03F7/00—Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
- G03F7/0002—Lithographic processes using patterning methods other than those involving the exposure to radiation, e.g. by stamping
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C59/00—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor
- B29C59/02—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing
- B29C59/026—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing of layered or coated substantially flat surfaces
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C59/00—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor
- B29C59/02—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing
- B29C59/04—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing using rollers or endless belts
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C59/00—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor
- B29C59/02—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing
- B29C59/04—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing using rollers or endless belts
- B29C59/046—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing using rollers or endless belts for layered or coated substantially flat surfaces
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29C—SHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
- B29C59/00—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor
- B29C59/16—Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by wave energy or particle radiation, e.g. infrared heating
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
- H01L21/00—Processes or apparatus adapted for the manufacture or treatment of semiconductor or solid state devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/02—Manufacture or treatment of semiconductor devices or of parts thereof
- H01L21/027—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34
- H01L21/0271—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers
- H01L21/0273—Making masks on semiconductor bodies for further photolithographic processing not provided for in group H01L21/18 or H01L21/34 comprising organic layers characterised by the treatment of photoresist layers
- H01L21/0274—Photolithographic processes
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2033/00—Use of polymers of unsaturated acids or derivatives thereof as moulding material
- B29K2033/04—Polymers of esters
- B29K2033/08—Polymers of acrylic acid esters, e.g. PMA, i.e. polymethylacrylate
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B29—WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
- B29K—INDEXING SCHEME ASSOCIATED WITH SUBCLASSES B29B, B29C OR B29D, RELATING TO MOULDING MATERIALS OR TO MATERIALS FOR MOULDS, REINFORCEMENTS, FILLERS OR PREFORMED PARTS, e.g. INSERTS
- B29K2105/00—Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped
- B29K2105/0005—Condition, form or state of moulded material or of the material to be shaped containing compounding ingredients
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y10—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC
- Y10T—TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER US CLASSIFICATION
- Y10T428/00—Stock material or miscellaneous articles
- Y10T428/24—Structurally defined web or sheet [e.g., overall dimension, etc.]
- Y10T428/24628—Nonplanar uniform thickness material
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a transfer method and a thermal nanoimprint apparatus.
- a photolithographic technique has been often used as an uneven structure processing technique in LSI manufacturing.
- the photolithography technique has a problem that it is difficult to form a concavo-convex structure having a size smaller than the wavelength of light used for exposure.
- a mask uneven structure drawing technique (EB method) using an electron beam drawing apparatus.
- EB method mask uneven structure drawing technique
- the drawing time increases as the drawing concavo-convex structure increases, and the throughput to the formation of the concavo-convex structure significantly decreases.
- these methods also have a problem that the apparatus cost increases due to high-precision control of the mask position in the exposure apparatus for photolithography and the enlargement of the electron beam drawing apparatus in the exposure apparatus for the EB method.
- a nanoimprint technique has been proposed as an uneven structure processing technique that can solve these problems.
- the optical nanoimprint method is attracting attention.
- a mold having a nanoscale uneven structure is pressed against a liquid resist layer formed on the surface of a transfer substrate, whereby the uneven structure formed on the mold is Transfer formed on the surface.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus is accompanied by a molded product release device for separating the molded product and the mold after transfer.
- the uneven structure surface of the sheet-shaped mold and the laminate composed of the resist layer / processed object are parallel to one main surface of the processed object and the uneven structure surface of the sheet-shaped mold. Or it peels as a surface in a substantially parallel state. For this reason, the stress applied to the concavo-convex structure of the resist layer on which the concavo-convex structure is transferred is increased, leading to destruction of the concavo-convex structure and peeling of the first mask layer from the object to be processed, resulting in a decrease in transfer accuracy.
- the optical nanoimprint method has a problem of using a complicated and excessive apparatus because a liquid resist layer is used.
- the thermal nanoimprint method necessarily includes a step of pressing the uneven structure of the mold against the transfer target, a step of cooling the transfer target, and a step of releasing the mold from the transfer target.
- the thermal nanoimprint method it is necessary to press the concavo-convex structure of the mold to the transfer target at a temperature equal to or higher than the glass transition temperature (Tg) or the melting point (Tm) of the transfer target. That is, it is necessary to apply heat evenly to the transfer target, to fluidize it uniformly, and to press the mold evenly.
- a surface pressure pressurizing mechanism is generally employed as the pressing mechanism.
- Patent Document 2 discloses a thermal nanoimprint method.
- Patent Document 2 discloses a thermal nanoimprint method for transferring a concavo-convex structure of a mold to a transfer target (thermoplastic resin).
- the volume of the thermoplastic resin and the volume of the concavo-convex structure of the mold satisfy a predetermined relationship, and the mold is pressed against the thermoplastic resin in a state in which the mold and the thermoplastic resin are heated and pressed. After cooling with, the mold is peeled off.
- the surface pressure pressing mechanism Is since uniform heating and equal pressing are required to uniformly generate the fluidity of the thermoplastic resin, the surface pressure pressing mechanism Is adopted.
- JP 2011-020272 A Japanese Patent No. 4943876
- the conventional thermal nanoimprint method generally employs a surface pressure mechanism in the pressing process, and adjusts the parallelism between the mold and the transfer target in order to improve the transfer accuracy. Since a mechanism to perform this is required, the apparatus becomes complicated and excessive. Furthermore, there is a problem that a high-temperature heating mechanism is required, and an excessive cooling mechanism is required accordingly.
- thermal nanoimprint apparatus capable of thermal nanoimprinting at a low pressure and a low temperature is required.
- the present invention has been made in view of the above point, and a transfer method and a thermal nanoimprint capable of transferring a concavo-convex structure with high accuracy at a low pressure and a low temperature that do not require excessive equipment using a thermal nanoimprint method.
- An object is to provide an apparatus.
- the transfer method according to the present invention includes a cover film having a nanoscale concavo-convex structure formed on one surface, a second mask layer provided inside the concave portion of the concavo-convex structure, the concavo-convex structure, and the second A first mask layer provided so as to cover the mask layer, and transferring and applying the first mask layer and the second mask layer on the object to be processed.
- a transfer method wherein the transfer method presses the fine pattern forming film with the surface on which the first mask layer is provided facing the surface of the object to be processed, the first mask An energy ray irradiating step for irradiating the layer with energy rays, and a release step for removing the cover film from the second mask layer and the first mask layer in this order, and the pressing step , And the energy beam irradiation step is characterized by performing each independently.
- a thermal nanoimprint apparatus is a thermal nanoimprint apparatus for transferring the first mask layer and the second mask layer onto the object to be processed by the transfer method according to any one of the above.
- a pressing part for carrying out the pressing step, an energy ray irradiating part for carrying out the energy ray irradiating step, and a release part for carrying out the releasing step. To do.
- a thermal nanoimprint apparatus is a thermal nanoimprint apparatus for transferring the first mask layer and the second mask layer onto the object to be processed by the transfer method according to any one of the above.
- a bonding portion for bonding the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed in a state where the surface on which the first mask layer is formed is opposed to one surface of the object to be processed;
- the bonding portion includes a rotating body that substantially contacts the fine pattern forming film or the object to be processed as a line, and substantially includes a line with respect to the fine pattern forming film or the object to be processed.
- the rotating body is characterized in that at least the surface layer thereof is composed of an elastic body having a glass transition temperature of 100 ° C. or lower.
- the laminate according to the present invention includes a target object, and a fine mask pattern provided on at least a part of the surface of the target object, leaving an exposed part at least at a part of the outer edge of the surface.
- the fine mask pattern is provided on a first mask layer provided as a fine concavo-convex structure on the object to be processed, and on at least a top portion of the convex portion of the first mask layer. And a second mask layer.
- the present invention it is possible to provide a transfer method and a thermal nanoimprint apparatus that can transfer a concavo-convex structure with high accuracy at a low pressure and a low temperature that do not require excessive equipment by using a thermal nanoimprint method.
- the film for forming a fine pattern according to the present invention is a film in which the second mask layer and the first mask layer are formed on the concavo-convex structure of the cover film in which the concavo-convex structure is formed on one surface.
- FIG. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment.
- the fine pattern forming film 1 is provided with a resin layer 3 on the surface of a cover film 2.
- An uneven structure 3 a is formed on the surface of the resin layer 3 opposite to the surface in contact with the cover film 2.
- the cover film 2 is simply referred to in the following description, it includes the resin layer 3 on which the concavo-convex structure 3a is formed.
- the second mask layer 4 is filled in the recesses of the concavo-convex structure 3a.
- the first mask layer 5 is formed so as to cover the second mask layer 4 and the concavo-convex structure 3a.
- a protective layer may be provided on the first mask layer 5.
- the surface bonded to the object to be processed is the surface of the first mask layer 5.
- the film peeled in a peeling part is the cover film 2, and the uneven structure which consists of the 1st mask layer 5 and the 2nd mask layer 4 is transcribe
- FIGS. 2A to 2C and FIGS. 3A to 3F are process charts for explaining a method of forming a fine pattern on an object to be processed using the fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment.
- the cover film 10 has a concavo-convex structure 11 formed on the main surface thereof.
- the concavo-convex structure 11 includes a plurality of concave portions 11a and convex portions 11b.
- the cover film 10 is, for example, a film-shaped or sheet-shaped molded body.
- a second mask layer 12 for patterning a first mask layer to be described later is filled into the concave portion 11a of the concave-convex structure 11 of the cover film 10.
- the second mask layer 12 is made of, for example, a sol-gel material.
- the laminate including the cover film 10 and the second mask layer 12 is referred to as a first fine pattern forming film I or simply as a first laminate I.
- a first mask layer 13 is formed on the concavo-convex structure 11 including the second mask layer 12 of the first stacked body I.
- the first mask layer 13 is used for patterning an object to be processed which will be described later.
- the first mask layer 13 is made of, for example, a photocurable resin, a thermosetting resin, or a thermoplastic resin.
- a protective layer 14 can be provided on the upper side of the first mask layer 13.
- the protective layer 14 protects the first mask layer 13 and is not essential.
- the laminate composed of the cover film 10, the second mask layer 12, and the first mask layer 13 is referred to as a second fine pattern forming film II or simply as a second laminate II.
- This 2nd laminated body II can be used for the patterning of a to-be-processed object by bonding the 1st mask layer 13 to a to-be-processed object.
- the object to be processed 20 is, for example, a flat inorganic substrate, and is a sapphire substrate, a SiC (silicon carbide) substrate, a Si (silicon) substrate, a spinel substrate, or a nitride semiconductor substrate.
- the exposed surface of the first mask layer 13 of the second stacked body II is bonded to the main surface of the target object 20 so as to face the main surface of the target object 20.
- Bonding is, for example, lamination, and thermal lamination is particularly suitable. This operation is performed in the bonding part of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus described later.
- the cover film 10 is peeled from the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12.
- an intermediate body 21 including the object to be processed 20, the first mask layer 13, and the second mask layer 12 is obtained. This operation is performed in the peeling part of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus described later.
- the second laminated body II is unwound by a feed roller described later and wound by a take-up roller described later. That is, the pasting is performed in the downstream of the second laminated body II in the flow direction of the second laminated body II, and the peeling is performed in the downstream of the past in the flow direction and the upstream of the take-up roller.
- the object to be processed can move along with the conveyance of the second laminate II between the bonding and peeling.
- the second stacked body II functions as a carrier for the object to be processed.
- the first mask layer 13 may be cured or solidified by irradiating the second laminated body II with energy rays. Further, the first mask layer 13 may be cured or solidified by heat applied during bonding and pressing. Moreover, after irradiating energy rays with respect to the 2nd laminated body II and hardening or solidifying the 1st mask layer 13, the 3rd laminated body III is heated, The 1st mask layer 13 Stability may be improved. Further, the first mask layer 13 may be cured or solidified by energy beam irradiation or heat treatment after peeling. Since these operations are performed between bonding and peeling, they are performed in a state where the pressure applied during bonding is released. In particular, in the step of performing bonding and subsequently irradiating energy rays, the pressure at the time of bonding is released at the time of energy ray irradiation.
- the obtained intermediate 21 is recovered by the recovery unit described above, temporarily stored, or immediately sent to the process described below.
- the intermediate 21 recovered by the recovery unit is transported to a different apparatus from the thermal nanoimprint apparatus.
- the second mask layer 12 as a mask
- the first mask layer 13 is patterned by oxygen ashing, for example, as shown in FIG. 3D.
- the fine mask structure 16 provided with the fine mask pattern 16a having the high aspect ratio and constituted by the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12 is obtained.
- the object to be processed 20 is subjected to, for example, reactive ion etching, and a fine pattern 22 is formed on the main surface of the object to be processed 20 as shown in FIG. 3E. Form.
- the first mask layer 13 remaining on the main surface of the object to be processed 20 is removed to obtain the object to be processed 20 having the fine pattern 22.
- the process from obtaining the second laminate II from the cover film 10 shown in FIGS. 2A to 2C is performed in one line (hereinafter referred to as the first line). Thereafter, FIGS. 3A to 3F are performed on another line (hereinafter referred to as a second line).
- the first line and the second line are performed in separate facilities. For this reason, the 2nd laminated body II is packaged by making the 2nd laminated body II into a scroll shape (roll shape), and is stored or conveyed.
- the first line is the supplier line of the second laminate II and the second line is the user line of the second laminate II.
- the processed object 20 can be finely processed by reflecting the accuracy of the concavo-convex structure 11 of the cover film 10 constituting the second laminated body II.
- the second mask layer 12 ensures the accuracy of the concavo-convex structure 11 of the cover film 10 constituting the second laminate II. Furthermore, since it is possible to ensure the film thickness accuracy of the first mask layer 13 in the second stacked body II, the film thickness distribution accuracy of the first mask layer 13 transferred and formed on the object to be processed 20. Can be kept high.
- the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 are formed in the surface of the object to be processed 20 with high film thickness distribution accuracy of the first mask layer 13, and It is possible to transfer and form the concavo-convex structure 11 with high transfer accuracy. For this reason, by patterning the first mask layer 13 using the second mask layer 12, the pattern accuracy of the cover film 10 (the alignment accuracy of the concavo-convex structure 11) is reflected in the surface of the object to be processed 20, In addition, it is possible to form the fine mask structure 16 provided with the fine mask pattern 16a having a high aspect ratio and composed of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 with high film thickness distribution accuracy. . By using the fine mask structure 16 with high accuracy, the object 20 can be processed with high accuracy, and the fine pattern accuracy of the cover film 10 within the surface of the object 20 (arrangement accuracy of the uneven structure 11). A fine pattern 22 reflecting the above can be produced.
- the processing body 20 can be finely processed.
- the second laminate II Since the accuracy of the fine pattern can be ensured by the second laminate II, the second laminate is provided at a place optimal for manufacturing a device using the processed object 20 to be processed. Body II can be used. That is, a device having a stable function can be manufactured.
- the first line is the supplier line of the second laminated body II
- the second line is the user line of the second laminated body II, which is optimal for processing the workpiece 20.
- the second stacked body II can be used in an optimum environment for manufacturing a device using the processed object 20 to be processed. For this reason, the throughput of the processing of the object 20 and the device assembly can be improved.
- the second laminated body II is composed of a cover film 10 and functional layers (second mask layer 12 and first mask layer 13) provided on the concavo-convex structure 11 of the cover film 10.
- the arrangement accuracy of the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12 that governs the processing accuracy of the workpiece 20 is ensured by the accuracy of the concavo-convex structure 11 of the cover film 10 of the second laminate II.
- the film thickness accuracy of the first mask layer 13 can be secured as the second stacked body II.
- the processed object 20 is used by making the first line the supplier line of the second laminate II and the second line the user line of the second laminate II. In the optimum environment for manufacturing a device, the object 20 can be processed and used with high accuracy using the second stacked body II.
- the second stacked body II mainly ensures the fine pattern accuracy of the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12 and the film thickness accuracy of the first mask layer 13.
- the fine pattern 22 can be provided on the object 20 with high accuracy within the surface of the object 20.
- the 1st mask layer 13 of the 2nd laminated body II is bonded to the to-be-processed object 20
- the in-plane accuracy of the fine pattern 22 provided on the body 20 is greatly reduced. Furthermore, excessive stress is applied to the fine patterns of the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12 when the cover film 10 is peeled from the laminate comprising the second laminate II / the object to be processed 20.
- thermo nanoimprint apparatus of the present invention By using the thermal nanoimprint apparatus of the present invention, a fine pattern forming film can be suitably used. Thereby, thermal nanoimprinting at low temperature and low pressure can be performed.
- FIGS. 4 and 5 are process diagrams for explaining a method of forming a fine pattern on an object to be processed using the fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment.
- the mask pattern transfer process is shown in FIGS. 4A and 4B and FIGS. 5B to 5C.
- the mask pattern transfer process includes at least a pressing process, an energy beam irradiation process, and a release process in this order, and the pressing process and the energy beam irradiation process are performed independently.
- a press process is implemented by the bonding part of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus which concerns on this Embodiment.
- the mold release step is performed by a peeling unit and a fixing unit of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the present embodiment.
- the second laminate II shown in FIG. 4A includes a cover film 10 composed of a support base material 10a and a resin layer 10b, and a concavo-convex structure 11 formed in the resin layer 10b of the cover film 10 filled in the second laminate II.
- the protective layer 14 is provided on the surface of the first mask layer 13 of the second stacked body II, first, the protective layer 14 is removed from the second stacked body II, as shown in FIG. The surface of the first mask layer 13 is exposed.
- the second stacked body II and the target object 20 are pressed by pressing the second stacked body II against the target object 20 through the first mask layer 13.
- the third laminate III is obtained by bonding and bonding.
- the second stacked body II and the target object 20 are brought into close contact with each other by being pressed while being heated.
- the second stacked body II is used for the purpose of bonding the object to be processed 20 and the first mask layer 13.
- the first mask layer 13 When a resin capable of thermocompression bonding is selected as the first mask layer 13, it is preferable to perform heating during pressing in order to increase the fluidity of the first mask layer 13. This heating is preferably performed at least from the surface of the workpiece 20 and the heating temperature is preferably 60 ° C. to 200 ° C.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example in which an elastic body is provided on the fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment.
- the elastic body 50 may be provided on either the 10 side (see FIG. 6A) or the workpiece 20 side (see FIG. 6B).
- the elastic body 50 may be provided on both the cover film 10 side and the target object 20 side in the second laminate II.
- the elastic body 50 it is preferable to use a roll having the elastic body 50 on the surface.
- the 2nd laminated body II can be continuously bonded by the roll-to-roll by the to-be-processed object 20 by using the roll provided with the elastic body 50 on the surface.
- This elastic body 50 is equivalent to the bonding part in the thermal nanoimprint apparatus which concerns on this Embodiment.
- the elastic body 50 is preferably an elastic body having a glass transition temperature Tg of 100 degrees or less, and a known commercially available rubber plate, resin plate, film, or the like can be used.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- a known commercially available rubber plate, resin plate, film, or the like can be used.
- the glass transition temperature is 30 degrees or less from the same viewpoint.
- the glass transition temperature is preferably 0 ° C.
- low Tg elastic bodies include silicone rubber, nitrile rubber, fluoro rubber, polyisoprene (natural rubber), polybutadiene, polyvinyl acetate, polyethylene, polypropylene, nylon 6, nylon 66, polyethylene terephthalate, polyvinyl chloride. , Polyvinylidene chloride, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyvinylidene fluoride, polymethyl methacrylate, and polystyrene.
- the Young's modulus (longitudinal elastic modulus) is preferably 1 Mpa or more and 100 Mpa or less because the film thickness of the first mask layer 13 can be made small and uniform, and more preferably 4 Mpa or more and 50 Mpa or less. From the same effect, the thickness of the elastic body 50 is preferably 0.5 mm or more and 10 cm or less, more preferably 1 mm or more and 8 cm or more, and most preferably 5 mm or more and 10 cm or less.
- Compressed air or compressed gas can also be used as the elastic body 50.
- compressed air or compressed gas it is preferable to pressurize from the cover film 10 side in the second laminate II as shown in FIG. 6A.
- the low oxygen atmosphere can be produced by vacuum (reduced pressure), introduction of a gas typified by N 2 gas or Ar gas, introduction of a compressible gas typified by pentafluoropropane or carbon dioxide, or the like.
- vacuum reduced pressure
- introduction of a gas typified by N 2 gas or Ar gas introduction of a compressible gas typified by pentafluoropropane or carbon dioxide, or the like.
- the bonding property can be improved.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view relating to the bonding of the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed according to the present embodiment.
- 7A to 7C for the sake of convenience, in order to express the first stacked body I and the second stacked body II as the same schematic diagram, the surface of the concavo-convex structure 11 of the first stacked body I is shown. The unevenness is omitted and shown as a flat shape.
- the first mask layer 13 is provided on the surface side to be bonded to the object to be processed 20, and the first mask layer 13 is provided on the object to be processed 20. It comes to contact.
- the second laminated body II is curved, and the second laminated body II is brought into contact with the elastic body 50 from one end portion to the other end portion,
- the method of pasting in the way is mentioned.
- an environmental atmosphere escape path is created, so that the inclusion of the environmental atmosphere is reduced.
- the second laminated body II is curved using a roll having the elastic body 50 on the surface, and is brought into contact with the workpiece 20 from one end of the second laminated body II toward the other end.
- the second laminate II can be continuously bonded to the object 20 by roll-to-roll.
- the energy beam is irradiated to the layered body III in which the second layered body II and the object to be processed 20 are bonded in a state where the pressure at the time of bonding is released. Then, the first mask layer 13 is cured. This eliminates the need to cure while pressing the first mask layer 13 as in the prior art, so the pressing step and the energy ray irradiation step can be performed independently, and in the manufacture of the concavo-convex structure 40 described later. Process management becomes easy.
- the energy ray irradiation process improves the stability of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 and greatly improves the interface adhesion between the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13. The purpose is to let you. Furthermore, in the case of the second stacked body II, it is also an object to bond the first mask layer 13 and the object to be processed 20.
- Energy beam irradiation is effective when a chemical bond based on a chemical reaction is generated at the interface between the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13.
- the type of energy rays can be appropriately selected depending on the composition of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13, and is not particularly limited. Examples thereof include X-rays, UV, and IR.
- at least a part of the second stacked body II or the workpiece 20 is an energy ray absorber, it is preferable to irradiate the energy rays from the medium side that transmits the energy rays.
- Preferably accumulated light amount at the time of the energy ray irradiation is 500 ⁇ 5000mJ / cm 2, and more preferably 800 ⁇ 2500mJ / cm 2.
- Two or more energy ray sources having different emission wavelength ranges may be selected.
- the second mask layer 12 may cause a mold release failure such as peeling from the first mask layer 13.
- a mold release failure can be dealt with not only by optimizing the composition of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 but also by a mold release method. For example, the following (5) to (5) It is preferable to employ any one of the methods shown in (8) or a composite method thereof.
- a method using the difference in coefficient of thermal expansion can be mentioned.
- the environmental atmosphere that produces the difference in the coefficient of thermal expansion differs depending on the material of the concavo-convex structure 11 and the composition of the first mask layer 13, and is not particularly limited.
- separation in a state cooled with cooling water, refrigerant, liquid nitrogen, or the like is possible.
- examples thereof include molds and mold release in a state of being heated at a temperature of about 40 ° C to 200 ° C.
- the thermal peeling is effective when a fluorine component is present on the surface of the concavo-convex structure 11.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic cross-sectional view relating to mold release between the fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment and the first mask layer transferred onto the object to be processed.
- 8A to 8C for the sake of convenience, in order to express the first stacked body I and the second stacked body II as the same schematic diagram, the surface of the concavo-convex structure 11 of the first stacked body I is shown. The unevenness is omitted and shown as a flat shape.
- the concavo-convex structure 11 is formed on the surface side bonded to the object 20 to be processed.
- the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12 transferred to the surface of the object to be processed 20 are provided, but they are omitted and have a flat shape.
- the peeling starts from one end of the second laminate II and peels toward the other end, and the contact area with the object 20 is gradually reduced.
- the second stacked body II is curved, and the second stacked body II starts to be peeled from one end thereof and is processed toward the other end.
- a method of peeling from the body 20 is exemplified.
- the mold release property is improved. This is particularly effective when the cover film of the second laminate II is a flexible mold.
- the second laminated body II is curved using a roll having the elastic body 50 on the surface, and the second laminated body II is peeled off from one end portion thereof, toward the other end portion. By peeling from the object 20, the second laminate II can be continuously peeled from the object 20 by roll-to-roll.
- the concavo-convex structure is transferred to the object to be processed 20 using the second stacked body II by the mask pattern transfer process according to the present embodiment, and the surface of the object to be processed 20 as shown in FIG. 5D.
- a fine mask structure 16 having the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12 provided thereon is obtained.
- the first mask layer 13 can be formed thick on the object to be processed 20, and a mask pattern having a high aspect ratio can be formed on the object to be processed 20 through an etching process described later. It becomes possible.
- the relationship between the object to be processed of the fine mask structure 16 and the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 will be described in detail later.
- the mask pattern transfer process may be configured to undergo a pressing process, an energy beam irradiation process, a heating process, and a release process in this order.
- the heating temperature is preferably in the range of 40 ° C. to 200 ° C., and is preferably lower than the glass transition temperature Tg of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13.
- the heating time is preferably about 5 seconds to 60 minutes, and most preferably 5 seconds to 3 minutes from the viewpoint of improving transfer accuracy and improving industrial production. Note that the heating step may be performed in a low oxygen atmosphere.
- the laminate composed of the cover film 10 / the first mask layer 13 / the object to be processed 20 is preferably cooled to 5 ° C. to 80 ° C., more preferably 18 ° C. to 30 ° C. It is preferable to move to a mold release step.
- a cooling method if a laminated body is cooled in the said temperature range, it will not specifically limit.
- a post-processing step may be added after the release step in the mask pattern transfer step. That is, the mask pattern transfer process may be configured to undergo a pressing process, an energy beam irradiation process, a mold release process, and a post-processing process in this order, and the pressing process, the energy beam irradiation process, the heating process, the mold release process, and the post process. It is good also as a structure which passes a process process in this order.
- the post-processing step is performed by irradiating energy rays from both or one of the second mask layer 12 side and the target object 20 side of the fine mask structure 16 shown in FIG. 5D.
- the post-processing step is performed by performing both heating and / or energy beam irradiation on the fine mask structure 16.
- the reaction of the unreacted components contained in both or either of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 can be promoted, and the second mask layer 12 and This is preferable because the stability of the first mask layer 13 is improved, and the remaining film processing step of the second mask layer 12, the etching step of the first mask layer 13, and the etching step of the object to be processed 20 can be performed satisfactorily.
- energy rays include X-rays, UV, and IR.
- the intermediate body 21 is produced by peeling the cover film 10 after the second laminated body II is bonded to the body 20 to be processed, the second mask layer 12 / the first mask layer 13 / the body to be processed.
- the details of the manufacturing method are as already described in the mask pattern transfer step.
- the fine mask structure 16 can be manufactured by etching the intermediate 21 as shown in FIG. 5D. Further, by performing etching on the fine mask structure 16 as shown in FIGS. 5E and 5F, the fine pattern 22 can be formed on the object 20 to be processed, and the concavo-convex structure 40 can be obtained.
- the method of processing the intermediate body 21 into the fine mask structure 16 is etching of the first mask layer 13 using the second mask layer 12 as a mask. Thereby, the fine mask structure 16 provided with the fine mask pattern 16a having a high aspect ratio, which is constituted by the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12, is obtained.
- O 2 gas and H 2 gas can be selected from the viewpoint of chemically reacting the first mask layer 13.
- Ar gas and Xe gas can be selected from the viewpoint of improving the etching rate in the vertical direction by increasing the ion incident component.
- a gas used for etching a mixed gas containing at least one of O 2 gas, H 2 gas, and Ar gas is used. In particular, it is preferable to use only O 2 .
- the pressure at the time of etching is preferably 0.1 to 5 Pa, and preferably 0.1 to 1 Pa, because the ion incident energy contributing to the reactive etching can be increased and the etching anisotropy can be further improved. More preferable.
- the mixed gas ratio of O 2 gas or H 2 gas and Ar gas or Xe gas is improved in anisotropy when the chemically reactive etching component and the ion incident component are in an appropriate amount. Therefore, when the gas layer flow rate is 100 sccm, the ratio of the gas flow rate is preferably 99 sccm: 1 sccm to 50 sccm: 50 sccm, more preferably 95 sccm: 5 sccm to 60 sccm: 40 sccm, still more preferably 90 sccm: 10 sccm to 70 sccm: 30 sccm.
- the etching is preferably plasma etching.
- capacitive coupling type RIE, inductive coupling type RIE, inductive coupling type RIE, or RIE using an ion pulling bias is used.
- the processing pressure is set in the range of 0.1 to 1 Pa, and capacitive coupling is performed.
- An etching method using a type RIE or an RIE using an ion attraction voltage may be used.
- the object to be processed 20 is subjected to, for example, reactive ion etching, and a fine pattern 22 is formed on the main surface of the object to be processed 20 as shown in FIG. 5E. Form.
- the first mask layer 13 remaining on the main surface of the object to be processed 20 is removed, and the object to be processed 20 having the fine pattern 22, that is, the concavo-convex structure 40 is obtained.
- the reactive ion etching can be appropriately designed depending on the type of the object 20 to be processed. For example, etching using a chlorine-based gas can be given.
- a chlorine-based gas can be given.
- the chlorine gas only BCl 3 gas or a mixed gas of BCl 3 gas and Cl 2 gas can be used.
- Ar gas or Xe gas may be further added to these gases.
- the gas flow ratio of the mixed gas is preferably 99 sccm: 1 sccm to 50 sccm: 50 sccm, more preferably 99 sccm: 1 sccm to 70 sccm: 30 sccm, and still more preferably 99 sccm: 1 sccm to 90 sccm: 10 sccm.
- the etching is preferably plasma etching.
- capacitive coupling type RIE, inductive coupling type RIE, inductive coupling type RIE, or RIE using an ion attraction voltage is used.
- the processing pressure is set in the range of 0.1 to 5 Pa
- an etching method using capacitively coupled RIE or RIE using an ion attraction voltage may be used.
- a chlorine-based gas only BCl 3 gas or a gas in which BCl 3 and Cl 2 or Ar are mixed at a gas flow rate ratio of 95 sccm: 5 sccm to 85 sccm: 15 sccm is used, and the processing pressure is set to 0.
- an etching method using a capacitively coupled RIE, an inductively coupled RIE, or an RIE using an ion pull-in voltage is used by using only BCl 3 gas or a gas in which BCl 3 gas and Cl 2 gas or Ar gas are mixed at a gas flow rate ratio of 95 sccm: 5 sccm to 70 sccm: 30 sccm.
- a processing pressure is used by using only BCl 3 gas or a gas in which BCl 3 gas and Cl 2 gas or Ar gas are mixed at a gas flow rate ratio of 95 sccm: 5 sccm to 70 sccm: 30 sccm.
- an etching method using capacitive coupling RIE, inductive coupling RIE, or RIE using an ion pull-in voltage and the like.
- the fine mask structure 16 with high accuracy can be manufactured by etching that reflects the accuracy of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 of the intermediate body 21.
- the accuracy of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 of the intermediate 21 is the accuracy of the concavo-convex structure 11 of the cover film 10 of the second laminate II, and the placement accuracy of the second mask layer 12.
- the film thickness accuracy of the first mask layer 13 is ensured by the film thickness accuracy of the first mask layer 13. That is, in order to manufacture the fine pattern 22 with high accuracy, it is necessary to reduce defects in the etching process performed on the intermediate 21.
- the accuracy in the etching process is determined by the arrangement relationship of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 and the composition of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 described later.
- the mechanism for ensuring these precisions fails. That is, it is necessary to reduce foreign matter on the surface of the intermediate body 21 (the surface of the second mask layer 12) during the etching process.
- Such foreign matter may occur during the process of transporting the intermediate 21 to the etching process and during the etching process.
- the expected value for the generation of foreign matter is high in the portion close to the conveyance of the former intermediate body 21.
- foreign matter scattered and adhered from the environmental atmosphere is greatly reduced by taking measures such as controlling the degree of environmental cleanliness and removing static electricity.
- these measures alone, the foreign matter cannot be brought close to 0 as much as possible.
- the occurrence factor of the foreign matter was searched, it was confirmed that the occurrence occurred from the end of the intermediate 21. That is, when the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 are transferred and applied to the entire surface including the end portion of the object 20 to be processed, when the intermediate body 21 is transported, the outer edge portion of the intermediate body 21 is transferred. The second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 which are located are partially damaged, the damaged second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 are scattered, and the second mask layer of the intermediate body 21 is scattered. It turned out that it adheres on 12 surfaces and is confirmed as a foreign material.
- a more preferable state of the intermediate body 21 is a state in which an exposed portion is included in at least a part of the outer edge portion of the target object. That is, when a line segment AB is drawn from one point A of the outer edge portion of the object 20 toward another point B of the outer edge portion, at least the point A is provided on the object 20 to be processed. This is a state in which a point C located on the second mask layer 12 is provided in the line segment AB. In other words, the object to be processed 20 does not have the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12 in a part of the outer edge portion, and has an exposed portion whose surface is exposed. A second mask layer 12 and a first mask layer 13 are disposed on the inner side of the body.
- the average length of the exposed portion provided on the outer edge of the object to be processed is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 3 ⁇ m or more.
- the average length is calculated as an arithmetic average value of 10 points by measuring 10 points on the exposed part.
- the upper limit value is not particularly limited because it is determined from the size of the object to be processed 20 and the yield and yield calculated from the use of the object to be processed 20 provided with the fine pattern 22, but is approximately 8 mm or less.
- the to-be-processed object 20 does not have the 1st mask layer 13 and the 2nd mask layer 12 in a part of outer edge part, but has the exposed part which the surface exposed, and the to-be-processed object 20 rather than this exposed part.
- the object to be processed 20 has (A) an exposed portion where the first mask layer 13 and the second mask layer 12 are not formed in a part of the outer edge portion and the surface thereof is exposed. (1) Only the first mask layer 13 is disposed on the inner side of the object 20 from the exposed portion, and (C) the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 are disposed further on the inner side.
- the first mask layer 13 of B) includes a structure in which the film thickness increases from the outer edge side of the object to be processed 20 to the second mask layer 12 and first mask layer 13 side of (C). That is.
- the influence of the average length of the exposed portion provided on the outer edge portion of the object to be processed was investigated.
- the 1st laminated body I was prepared and the photocurable resin was formed into a film on the 4 inch diameter sapphire substrate which is a to-be-processed object by the spin coat method.
- the 1st laminated body I was bonded together using the thermal nanoimprint apparatus which concerns on 3rd Embodiment.
- the cover film of the first laminate I was peeled off by irradiation with UV light.
- the intermediate obtained by this production method is referred to as intermediate (1).
- the second laminate II is prepared, and bonded to a 4 inch ⁇ sapphire substrate, which is an object to be processed, using the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600, and then irradiated with UV light. It peeled. It describes as the intermediate body (2) made by this manufacturing method.
- intermediate body (1) is 500 nm or less
- intermediate body (2) was 1.2 ⁇ m. The observation was performed using both an optical microscope and a laser microscope.
- the second mask can be satisfactorily extended to the end of the object 20 to be processed. This is because the bed flowed.
- the intermediate (1) having an average length of the exposed portion of 500 nm or less and the intermediate (2) having an average length of the exposed portion of 1.2 ⁇ m are transported to the dry etching apparatus, and are attached in the dry etching apparatus, and then processed. It was taken out without doing. When the number of generated particles was counted for the extracted intermediate (1) and intermediate (2), the intermediate (1) generated 5 times as many particles as the intermediate (2).
- the generation of particles can be suppressed when the average length of the exposed portion provided on the outer edge portion of the object to be processed is greater than zero. Preferably, it is 1 ⁇ m or more.
- the to-be-processed object 20 was processed by performing dry etching process twice with respect to the said intermediate body (1) and intermediate body (2). In dry etching, first, plasma etching using oxygen gas was performed under conditions of a pressure of 1 Pa and a power of 300 W. Thus, the first mask layer 13 was processed using the second mask layer 12 as an etching mask, and a fine mask structure 16 was obtained.
- ICP-RIE reactive ion etching
- RIE-101iPH reactive ion etching apparatus
- BCl 3 gas and chlorine gas The conditions were ICP: 150 W, BIAS: 50 W, and pressure 0.2 Pa.
- the object to be processed 20 was processed using the first mask layer 13 as an etching mask, and the fine pattern 22 was formed on the object to be processed 20, that is, the concavo-convex structure 40 was obtained.
- the concavo-convex structure 40 was observed with an optical microscope, and the macro defect rate of the fine pattern 22 was measured.
- the defect rate was calculated as an average value by preparing five intermediates (1) and five intermediates (2), observing them.
- the average length of the exposed part provided in the outer edge part of the to-be-processed body 20 in order of the bonding pressure was 1.5 ⁇ m, 1.7 ⁇ m, 2.0 ⁇ m, and 3.2 ⁇ m.
- the obtained intermediate (3) was transported to a dry etching apparatus, mounted in the dry etching apparatus, and then taken out without further treatment.
- the number of generated particles was counted for the extracted intermediate (3), the number of particles was 1/6, 1 / 7.5, based on the number of particles of the intermediate (1) already described. 1/9 and 1/13.
- the exposed portion provided at the outer edge portion of the object to be processed 20 is not the entire outer edge portion of the object to be processed 20 but the outer edge portion of the object to be processed 20. About half of the circumference to 2/3 of the circle. Further, when the exposed portion was scanned and observed with an atomic force microscope from the outer edge portion of the object to be processed 20 toward the second mask layer side, (A) the exposed portion was present, and (B) the first mask was subsequently continued. There was a layer 13, and (C) the second mask layer 12 was provided last. Further, (B) the thickness of the first mask layer 13 gradually increases from the exposed portion toward the inside of the object to be processed 20, and the thickness is increased when the second mask layer 12 is provided. It was saturated.
- the dry etching process was performed twice, the uneven structure body 40 was produced, and the macro defect rate of the fine pattern 22 was measured from optical microscope observation.
- the number of defects was calculated as an average value of five intermediates (3). It was confirmed that the number of defects decreased to 5.2 points, 4.0 points, 2.9 points, and 1.9 points per 4 inch ⁇ as the average length of the exposed portion increased.
- the difference between the contact angle A of the water droplets on the removed portions of the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 and the contact angle B of the water droplets on the surface of the first mask layer 13 of the second stacked body II is preferably 5 degrees or more.
- the difference (AB) in the contact angle is preferably 10 degrees or more, more preferably 30 degrees or more, and most preferably 60 degrees or more.
- thermo nanoimprinting device Next, the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the present embodiment will be described. The details of the fine pattern forming film will be described later.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus is used for the thermal nanoimprint method.
- the thermal nanoimprint method is a method in which a mold having a concavo-convex structure formed on its surface, in particular a mold having a nanoscale concavo-convex structure, is bonded and pressed while applying heat to the object to be processed (surface ( Hereinafter, it is a transfer method for transferring the concavo-convex structure to the surface to be processed.
- the surface of the nanoscale first mask layer of the fine pattern forming film faces the one surface of the object to be processed, and the fine pattern forming film and the The fine pattern formation provided with the bonding part which bonds a to-be-processed body, and the said bonding part was equipped with the rotary body which contacts the said film for fine pattern formation or the said to-be-processed object substantially as a line.
- a pressing part that applies a pressing force substantially as a line to the film for processing or the object to be processed, and at least the surface layer of the rotating body is made of an elastic body having a glass transition temperature Tg of 100 ° C. or lower. It is characterized by that.
- the rotating body provided in the pressing portion substantially contacts the fine pattern forming film or the object to be processed as a line, and applies the pressing force as a line instead of a surface, so that the pressing force can be reduced.
- the fine pattern forming film or the object to be processed is pressed while the rotating body rotates, the flow by pressing the first mask layer can be promoted, and the entrainment of outside air can be suppressed, so that the transfer accuracy is improved.
- at least the surface layer of the rotating body is made of an elastic body having a glass transition temperature of 100 ° C. or lower, the temperature used for thermal nanoimprinting can be reduced and the uniformity of the pressing force can be improved. As a result, high-precision thermal nanoimprinting can be performed at a low temperature and a low pressure, and the size of the object to be processed can be easily increased while suppressing an excessively large apparatus.
- the rotating body is preferably a laminating roller having a substantially circular cross section.
- the cover film is released from the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed that are bonded together at the bonding portion, and the first mask layer is formed on the surface. It is preferable that a peeling portion for obtaining the object to be processed to which the second mask layer is transferred is further provided.
- a fine pattern forming film I shown in FIG. 1 is used, and a flat inorganic substrate, sapphire substrate, silicon substrate, nitride semiconductor substrate, or silicon carbide is used as an object to be processed.
- a substrate is used will be described as an example.
- the surface of the fine pattern forming film on which the first mask layer is formed (hereinafter also referred to as the first mask layer surface) is the surface to be processed of the object to be processed.
- the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed are bonded together.
- This pasting part is provided with a rotating body that is substantially in contact with the fine pattern forming film or the object to be processed, and has a pressing force substantially as a line with respect to the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed.
- the press part which adds is comprised.
- the rotating body provided in the pressing portion can be disposed, for example, so as to be in contact with the surface of the fine pattern forming film on which the object to be processed is bonded, that is, the surface opposite to the first mask layer surface. Further, the rotating body may be disposed so as to contact the surface of the object to be processed on which the fine pattern forming film is bonded, that is, the surface opposite to the surface to be processed.
- the rotating body provided in the pressing portion applies a pressing force to the fine pattern forming film while rotating, so that the fine pattern forming film is continuously contacted from one end portion to the other end portion of the object to be processed.
- the object can be pressed.
- the fine pattern forming film can be bonded to the object to be processed, that is, thermal nanoimprinting can be performed.
- At least the surface layer of the rotating body provided in the pressing part is composed of an elastic body having a glass transition temperature (hereinafter also referred to as Tg) of 100 ° C. or lower, that is, a low Tg elastic body.
- Tg glass transition temperature
- a rotary body is a roller for bonding with a substantially perfect circular cross section.
- the corners with respect to the outer periphery of the laminating roller are substantially eliminated, so that the uniformity of elastic deformation of the low-Tg elastic body is improved, and thermal nanoimprint is associated with this. Since the uniformity of temperature required for the method can be improved and the pressure can be applied uniformly, the above effect can be effectively expressed.
- the glass transition temperature Tg of the elastic body is preferably 60 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 30 ° C. or lower.
- Tg is 60 ° C. or less
- the degree of elastic deformation becomes large, so that pressing as a line is substantially effective, and thermal nanoimprinting can be performed with high accuracy at a lower temperature and a lower pressure.
- Tg is 30 degrees or less because the line width described after the pressing portion can be easily satisfied and the thermal distribution and pressing force distribution of the thermal nanoimprint can be improved.
- Tg is 0 ° C. or lower, extreme stress concentration on the first mask layer can be suppressed, so that the adhesion at the interface between the first mask layer and the second mask layer can be improved. For this reason, not only the bonding property but also the transfer property associated with peeling is greatly improved. From the same viewpoint, it is most preferably ⁇ 20 ° C. or lower.
- Examples of the low Tg elastic body satisfying such Tg include silicone rubber, nitrile rubber, fluororubber, polyisoprene (natural rubber), polybutadiene, polyvinyl acetate, polyethylene, polypropylene, nylon 6, nylon 66, polyethylene terephthalate, Examples include polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyvinylidene fluoride, polymethyl methacrylate, and polystyrene.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a rotating body according to the present embodiment.
- the outermost layer of the rotating body is composed of a low Tg elastic body.
- the outermost layer 32 provided on the outer periphery of the core portion 31 made of an inelastic body is composed of a low Tg elastic body.
- the surface layer 35 provided on the outer periphery of the core portion 34 made of an inelastic body is configured by a low Tg elastic body, and the outermost layer 36 provided on the outer periphery of the surface layer 35 is formed by a low elastic body. It is configured.
- the surface layer 35 is composed of the above-described low Tg elastic body and is thicker than the thickness of the inelastic body constituting the outermost layer.
- a low elastic body is an elastic body whose Tg is higher than the elastic body in this specification, and whose absolute value of Tg is 30 degreeC or more.
- the outermost layer 32 of the rotating body 30 is composed of a low Tg elastic body.
- the layer configuration inside the outermost layer 32 is not limited, and a layer composed of another elastic body, metal, metal oxide, or the like, or the core portion 31 can be appropriately disposed.
- an antistatic treatment, an adhesion prevention treatment, or the like may be performed on the surface of the outermost layer 32 of the rotating body 30 shown in FIG. 9A.
- the rotating bodies 30 and 33 have at least the surface layer made of a low Tg elastic body, so that the temperature used for thermal nanoimprinting can be lowered and the uniformity of the pressing force can be improved. That is, highly accurate thermal nanoimprinting can be performed at low temperature and low pressure. Furthermore, it is possible to easily increase the size of the object to be processed while suppressing an excessive apparatus.
- At least the surface layer of the rotating body is composed of a low Tg elastic body, and can be elastically deformed. This elastic deformation can reduce the pressing force. Further, even when thermal nanoimprinting is performed at a low temperature, the fluidity of the interface layer between the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed can be promoted. There is no need for pressure means, excessive heating means and excessive cooling means.
- the rotating body may be, for example, a cylindrical roll attached around the rotation axis.
- the rotating shaft itself may be a heating means.
- a heating means may be arrange
- the material of the low Tg elastic body used for the rotating body in the present embodiment is not particularly limited as long as the Tg is 100 ° C. or lower, and for example, a known commercially available rubber or resin can be used.
- the Young's modulus (longitudinal elastic modulus) is 1 Mpa or more and 100 Mpa or less, elastic deformation of the rotating body can be easily induced while suppressing deformation of the interface between the first mask layer and the second mask layer.
- the effect of thermal nanoimprinting at low temperature and low pressure is enhanced. From the same viewpoint, it is more preferably 4 Mpa or more and 50 Mpa or less.
- the thickness of the low Tg elastic body is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 10 cm or less, more preferably 0.5 mm or more and 8 cm or less, and most preferably 3 mm or more and 1 cm or less.
- the pressing portion having the rotating body as described above includes a rotating means for contacting the fine pattern forming film or the object to be processed while rotating the rotating body, and an additional means for pressing the rotating body against the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed. Pressure means. By these means, when pressing the fine pattern forming film against the object to be processed, a pressing force can be applied substantially as a line rather than a surface.
- the bonding part provided with the pressing part bonds and presses the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed. Even if the bonding of the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed in the bonding portion is performed simultaneously with the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film, the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film is stopped. Good.
- the rotating means provided in the pressing unit is to passively rotate the rotating body in synchronization with the transport of the fine pattern forming film.
- the rotating means is a rotating body such as a free roller that rotates the rotating body passively as the fine pattern forming film is conveyed, or is synchronized with the conveying speed of the fine pattern forming film.
- a device that passively rotates while controlling the number of rotations can be adopted.
- FIG. 10 is an explanatory diagram showing a pressing portion in the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the present embodiment.
- the target surface position (St) of the target object 20 and the target surface position (St) of the rotator 30 in the plane parallel to the main surface of the target object 20, the target surface position (St) of the target object 20 and the target surface position (St) of the rotator 30.
- the distance (X) between the closest point (A) and the plane (Sl) parallel to the main surface of the workpiece 20 is-(minus) the thickness (T) or more of the fine pattern forming film,
- the thickness is 0 ⁇ m or more because the bonding accuracy is improved and elastic deformation is used to improve the thermal nanoimprint accuracy at low temperature and low pressure.
- the distance X is preferably 0 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or more, and most preferably 10 ⁇ m or more.
- the upper limit value is the thickness of the workpiece 20. Note that the arrows in FIG. 10 indicate the moving direction of the rotating body 30.
- the distance (X) is a surface direction opposite to the position (St) of the object to be processed 20 with respect to the position (St) of the object to be processed when the position (St) of the object to be processed is used as a reference surface. Is positive (+). That is, the distance X is negative (minus) is a direction away from the object to be processed in the thickness direction of the object to be processed 20 when the position of the surface to be processed (St) is used as a reference. In other words, when the distance X is negative (minus), when the rotating body 30 is moved in a plane parallel to the surface to be processed (St) when the fine pattern forming film is not passed, The body 30 and the to-be-processed body 20 do not contact.
- the pressing part can be provided with a pressing means for pressing the rotating body toward the fine pattern forming film or the object to be processed.
- the pressure (hereinafter referred to as the second pressure) applied to the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed by this pressurizing means is dispersed by the elastic deformation of the rotating body and becomes an equal pressure. For this reason, since the uniformity of heat and the uniformity of pressure are improved, the force of the interface between the film for forming a fine pattern and the object to be processed and the uniformity of heat are improved. In particular, when a pressurizing means is provided, the pressure uniformity can be improved as described above. For this reason, the absolute value of a pressure can be made small.
- the pressing force by the pressing portion which is the combination of the first pressure and the second pressure, is preferably 0.01 MPa to 5 MPa, more preferably 0.03 MPa to 2 MPa.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic perspective view showing a pressing part provided in a bonding part according to the thermal nanoimprinting apparatus according to the present embodiment.
- the rotating body 102 in the pressing portion 100, the rotating body 102 extends along the vertical direction TD perpendicular to the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101, that is, in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the major axis direction 103 of the rotating body 102 is parallel to or substantially parallel to the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101, that is, the vertical direction TD.
- the peripheral surface of the rotating body 102 substantially contacts the fine pattern forming film 101 as a line. That is, the pressing force can be applied substantially as a line.
- This line refers to the intersection A between the perpendicular line Za passing through the center O on one end face of the rotating body 102 and the peripheral surface of the rotating body 102, and the perpendicular line Zb passing through the center O on the other end face.
- the line AB connects the intersection B with the peripheral surface of the body 102, and has a line width to be described later. This is substantially called a line. For this reason, when the film 101 for fine pattern formation and the to-be-processed object 104 are bonded together, a pressure is applied not by the surface but by the line by the rotating body 102.
- the rotary body 102 is a bonding roller having a substantially circular cross section, and may be either cylindrical or columnar.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic side view showing a pressing portion in the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the present embodiment.
- the rotating body 102 that has undergone elastic deformation is viewed from the lateral direction, a part of the substantially circular end surface becomes flat.
- This flatly deformed portion continues along the long axis direction of the rotating body 102 and forms a surface.
- This flatly deformed portion is regarded as the bottom.
- the angle formed by two line segments connecting the edge of the base and the center O of the circle on the end face is ⁇ and the radius of the circle is d
- the length of the flatly deformed portion, that is, the line width is 2d. It is represented by sin ( ⁇ / 2).
- the line pressure in this specification includes the case where the line width is an angle ⁇ of 60 ° or less.
- the angle ⁇ is preferably 3 degrees or greater and 45 degrees or less, and more preferably 5 degrees or greater and 30 degrees or less.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus can perform thermal nanoimprinting at low temperature and low pressure by pressing the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed by the rotating body described above.
- pressing the fine pattern forming film against the object to be processed in order to suppress the vibration in the direction perpendicular to the in-plane direction of the object to be processed, and to improve the uniformity of the pressure at the time of pressing, It is preferable to provide a to-be-processed object holding
- the target object holding part is not particularly limited as long as it does not contact the target surface of the target object.
- the bonding accuracy is improved when the height of the portion (step) protruding from the surface to be processed of the object to be processed to the fine pattern forming film side is 1/5 or less of the thickness of the object to be processed. Therefore, it is preferable.
- the reduced pressure chuck is preferable because the surface of the object to be processed opposite to the surface to be processed can be held by contact with the chuck surface and the object to be processed can be released freely by releasing the reduced pressure.
- maintains a to-be-processed object in the position where a to-be-processed object and the film for fine pattern formation do not contact from a viewpoint of embedding the bubble at the time of bonding.
- the object to be processed is fixed and held by the object to be processed holding unit, and the first mask layer of the fine pattern forming film is attached to the surface to be processed of the object to be fixedly held by the pressing unit described above. Combined.
- the in-plane bonding accuracy of the fine pattern forming film to the object to be processed can be further improved.
- the surface opposite to the surface to be processed of the object to be processed is fixed by the object holding portion. For example, fixed under reduced pressure can be employed.
- the bonding of the fine pattern forming film is started from one end of the object to be processed by the rotating body of the pressing portion.
- the rotating body is rotated toward the other end of the object to be processed while being rotated, and the fine pattern forming film is bonded.
- the fixing of the object to be processed is released.
- the holding by the object holding unit is a vacuum chuck
- the vacuum is released.
- the rotating body of the pressing portion passes through the other end of the object to be processed while rotating.
- the film for fine pattern formation can be bonded over the surface including the edge part of a to-be-processed object.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus it is preferable to attach a pressure heating unit to at least one of the rotating body and the target object holding unit.
- the pressure heating part is introduced for the purpose of heating the interface between the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed when the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed are bonded to the pressing part and pressed. .
- the pressure heating unit By providing the pressure heating unit, the temperature at the interface between the fine pattern forming film and the object to be processed is improved, so that the fluidity of the first mask layer is promoted and the thermal nanoimprint accuracy is improved.
- the pressing heating unit is attached to at least one of the rotating body and the object holding unit. For this reason, it may be incidental to both.
- the press heating unit is attached to the object holder, the object holder can fix the object and heat the object.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic cross-sectional view illustrating a rotating body with a pressing heating unit in the thermal nanoimprinting apparatus according to the present embodiment.
- the rotating body 41 shown in FIG. 13A is provided with a low Tg elastic body 43 on the outer periphery of the pressing and heating unit 42.
- the rotating body 44 shown in FIG. 13B is provided with a press heating unit 46 on the outer periphery of the rotating shaft 45, and further provided with a low Tg elastic body 47 on the outer periphery thereof.
- the low Tg elastic bodies 43 and 47 provided on the surface layers of the rotating bodies 41 and 44 can be heated by the press heating units 42 and 46.
- This heating increases the temperature of the surfaces of the low Tg elastic bodies 43 and 47, so that when the fine pattern forming film 101 is pressed against the object 104, the flexibility of the fine pattern forming film 101, particularly the first The fluidity of the mask layer is improved and the pressing accuracy is improved.
- the heating temperature of the pressure heating portions 42 and 46 is kept low. Can do.
- the heating temperature of the pressure heating part is preferably such that the surface temperature of the rotating body 102 can be heated to a range of 0 ° C. or higher and 250 ° C. or lower, more preferably 40 ° C. or higher and 150 ° C. or lower. Most preferably, it can be heated in the range of 60 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower.
- the temperature (Ts) of the surface of the rotating body is in a range less than the melting point (Tmc) of the cover film of the fine pattern forming film 101. It is preferable.
- the low Tg elastic body having the Tg described above is used. Since the elastic deformation can be used satisfactorily, the thermal nanoimprint accuracy can be improved. That is, no excessive heating means is required. Accordingly, a compact apparatus that does not require excessive cooling means is obtained.
- the heating temperature is the surface of the rotating body.
- heating can be performed so that the temperature (Ts) is in a range of 0.9 Tmc or less, more preferable heating is in a range of 0.6 Tmc or less, and heating is performed in a range of 0.5 Tmc or less. Most preferably.
- the lower melting point of the melting point of the cover film and the melting point of the concavo-convex structure is the melting point (Tmc).
- FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram illustrating the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the first embodiment.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 200 includes a feed roller 202 around which a long fine pattern forming film 101 is wound.
- the delivery roller 202 delivers the fine pattern forming film 101 at a predetermined speed.
- a take-up roller 203 that winds the sent fine pattern forming film 101 is provided in a pair with the feed roller 202.
- the rotational speed of the winding roller 203 and the rotational speed of the delivery roller 202 may be controlled so that the feeding speed and the winding speed of the fine pattern forming film 101 are synchronized.
- a dancer roller, a torque motor, a tension controller, or the like can be used. Therefore, the transport mechanism for the fine pattern forming film 101 can be appropriately designed according to the tension control method employed.
- a driving unit can be connected to each of the feed roller 202 and the take-up roller 203.
- a bonding unit 201 is provided further downstream in the flow direction MD than the feed roller 202.
- the bonding unit 201 includes a pressing unit 100 including a rotating body 102.
- the rotating body 102 is as already described.
- the surface layer of the rotating body 102 is made of silicone rubber.
- the silicone rubber one having a glass transition temperature Tg of 20 ° C. or lower was employed.
- the static elimination machine (not shown) which removes static electricity from the bonding atmosphere was installed separately.
- the rotating body 102 extends over the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the cross-sectional shape of the rotating body 102 is a substantially perfect circle.
- the length of the rotating body 102 in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 is not particularly limited as long as it is larger than the size of the object 104 to which the fine pattern forming film 101 is bonded. For example, it is slightly over 2 inches, over 4 inches, over 6 inches, or over 8 inches.
- the rotating body 102 is a fine pattern forming film. 101 is preferably extended over the entire width direction.
- the width of the fine pattern forming film 101 three types of widths of 2.1 inches, 4.5 inches, and 6.5 inches were implemented as the width of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the length of the rotating body 102 in the width direction was set to 300 mm.
- the transport of the fine pattern forming film 101 is stopped. It may be done. In the first embodiment, bonding was performed in a state where the fine pattern forming film 101 was stationary.
- the rotating body 102 When the pressing of the fine pattern forming film 101 to the object 104 is performed simultaneously with the transport of the fine pattern forming film 101, the rotating body 102 does not interfere with the transport of the fine pattern forming film 101. It is preferable to rotate. For this reason, the rotating means of the rotating body 102 may be the one that passively rotates the rotating body 102 or actively rotates it as the fine pattern forming film 101 is conveyed. In particular, it is preferable to passively rotate with the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 in order to improve the bonding accuracy.
- the rotating means of the rotating body 102 includes a rotating means for rotating the rotating body 102 passively, such as a free roller, or the rotating speed of the rotating body 102 so as to synchronize with the conveyance speed of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- a device that passively rotates while controlling can be adopted.
- the rotating body 102 rotates around the rotation axis and the object to be processed.
- the bonding accuracy can be improved by satisfying the range of the distance (X) already described.
- the distance (X) is in the range of minus 30 ⁇ m, minus 20 ⁇ m, minus 10 ⁇ m, 0 ⁇ m, 10 ⁇ m, 30 ⁇ m, and 100 ⁇ m.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 which is the distance from the exposed surface of the cover film to the surface of the first mask layer, has a thickness of 104 ⁇ m.
- the pressing force when the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 are pressed by the rotating body 102 is a special pressing means. It is possible to apply pressure without providing a. However, it is preferable to separately provide the pressurizing means 204 from the viewpoint of applying the pressing force evenly. By providing the pressurizing means 204, air (air voids) mixed between the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 140 is pressed against the rotating body 102 from the viewpoint of reducing without impairing tact. It is preferable to provide means.
- the pressing force for this bonding is preferably 0.01 MPa to 5 MPa, more preferably 0.03 MPa to 2 MPa.
- the rotating body 102 of the pressing part 100 described above presses the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object 104 to be processed at a low temperature.
- Thermal nanoimprinting can be performed at low pressure.
- vibration in a direction perpendicular to the in-plane direction of the workpiece 104 is suppressed, and pressure uniformity during pressing is improved.
- the holding mechanism of the target object holding unit 205 is not particularly limited as long as it does not contact the target surface of the target object 104.
- the already-described mechanism can be adopted for the workpiece holding unit 205.
- the method for holding the object to be processed 104 is preferably to hold the object to be processed 104 at a position where the object to be processed 104 and the fine pattern forming film 101 do not contact each other.
- a reduced pressure (suction) chuck is employed.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 200 it is preferable to attach the above-described press heating unit to at least one of the rotating body 102 and the target object holding unit 205.
- the press heating unit is introduced for the purpose of heating the interface between the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object 104 when the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object 104 are pressed by the rotating body 102. .
- the pressure heating unit By providing the pressure heating unit, the temperature at the interface between the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 is improved, so that the thermal nanoimprint accuracy is improved.
- both the rotating body 102 and the object-to-be-processed holding part 205 are provided with a pressure heating unit, and the surface of the rotating body 102 is heated at 90 ° C. to 130 ° C. to hold the object to be processed.
- the surface of the part 205 was heated in the range of 80 ° C. to 150 ° C.
- the peeling part 206 is provided in the flow direction MD after the bonding part 201 and before the winding roller 203. In addition, it is preferable that a sufficient interval is provided between the winding roller 203 and the rotating body 102 so that an energy beam irradiation unit and the like which will be described later are provided.
- the peeling portion 206 is not particularly limited as long as the cover film can be peeled from the laminate 207 including the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104. That is, in the laminated body 207, the object to be processed 104 is fixed and hardly moves in the vertical direction with respect to its main surface, and the cover film is separated from the object to be processed 104.
- the peeling portion 206 can be peeled off using the flow of the fine pattern forming film 101, the twist of the fine pattern forming film 101 can be further suppressed and the transfer accuracy can be improved. Furthermore, the pressing of the fine pattern forming film 101 and a target object 104 (A) and the separation of the fine pattern forming film 101 from another target object 104 (B) can be performed simultaneously. It is possible to improve the tact while suppressing an excessive apparatus. Further, it is preferable to peel the cover film by changing the flow direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 at the peeling portion 206, and a peeling roller and a peeling edge as described later can be used.
- the stacked body 207 corresponds to the third stacked body III shown in FIGS. 3B and 5A.
- the object to be processed 104 constituting the laminated body 207 is bonded to the fine pattern forming film 101 and integrated.
- the peeling force in the peeling part 206 is at least perpendicular to the surface to be processed of the object 104 and includes a component in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the exposed surface of the workpiece 104 of the laminate 207 is held and fixed, and the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 is changed by the roller or the edge, so that the cover film is peeled off with high transfer accuracy. Can do.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram illustrating peeling of the cover film by the peeling portion in the thermal nanoimprinting apparatus according to the first embodiment.
- 15A and 15B the laminate 207 composed of the fine pattern forming film 101 / the object to be processed 104 is conveyed, and the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 is changed, so that the cover film is processed.
- the case where it peels from the body 104 is shown.
- the workpiece 104 moves in the direction indicated by the arrow A in the figure.
- the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 is changed by the peeling edge 301 having a curvature with a curvature radius exceeding zero.
- the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 is changed by the cylindrical peeling roller 302.
- FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing peeling of the fine pattern forming film by the peeling portion in the thermal nanoimprinting apparatus according to the first embodiment.
- the laminate 207 is stationary, and the peeling portion 206 composed of the moving roll 401 and the peeling roll 402 is parallel to the surface to be processed of the object to be processed 104 and the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the case where the cover film is peeled by moving in a direction parallel to the flow direction MD is shown. More specifically, the movement roll 401 moves to the opposite side to the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 as indicated by an arrow B in the drawing. With this movement, the peeling roll 402 also moves to the side opposite to the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101, and the cover film is peeled off.
- FIG. 17 is an explanatory diagram for explaining the direction change of the fine pattern forming film 101 at the peeling portion in the thermal nanoimprinting apparatus according to the first embodiment.
- the surface formed in the flow direction MD-1 of the fine pattern forming film 101 before passing through the peeling portion 206 and the fine pattern forming film 101 (cover film) after passing through the peeling portion 206 are formed.
- the angle ⁇ 1 formed by the surface formed by the flow direction MD-2 can be defined as the amount of change in the peeling direction.
- This angle ⁇ 1 is a peeling angle.
- the peeling angle ⁇ 1 is preferably 15 degrees or more and 170 degrees or less.
- the peel stress applied to the interface between the first mask layer and the cover film can be reduced by being 15 degrees or more, the load (peel stress) on the intermediate 21 obtained by the thermal nanoimprint method is reduced. Transfer accuracy is improved. On the other hand, since it is 170 degrees or less, since the load concerning conveyance of the fine pattern formation film 101 falls, conveyance accuracy improves.
- the peel angle ⁇ 1 is more preferably 30 degrees or more and 160 degrees or less, and most preferably 60 degrees or more and 160 degrees or less. In addition, when the peeling angle ⁇ 1 is 90 degrees or more, it is possible to prevent the apparatus from being excessively large.
- the peel angle ⁇ 1 is preferably 100 degrees or more, more preferably 110 degrees or more, and most preferably 125 degrees or more.
- the surface formed in the flow direction MD-1 of the fine pattern forming film 101 before passing through the peeling portion 206 is substantially parallel to the surface to be processed of the object to be processed 104 before peeling of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the fixing means is, for example, a vacuum chuck, an electrostatic chuck, a gripper for the outer peripheral edge, or a cassette support system well known to those skilled in the art.
- a depressurization (suction) chuck is adopted, and a static eliminator (not shown) is attached around the peeling portion 206 for the purpose of suppressing static electricity.
- the pressing unit 100 including the rotating body 102 described above is pressed against the fine pattern forming film 101 and the target object 104 to obtain a laminate 207 composed of the fine pattern forming film 101 / the target object 104.
- the bonding part 201 provided with the pressing part 100 and the peeling part 206 are spaced apart from each other along the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101. That is, the laminate 207 is conveyed to the peeling unit 206, and the cover film of the fine pattern forming film 101 is peeled from the laminate 207 in the peeling unit 206.
- the transport of the stacked body 207 can be realized by holding the exposed surface of the object to be processed 104 of the stacked body 207 and separately providing a process target transporting means for transporting, but from the viewpoint of suppressing an excessively large apparatus.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is conveyed using the flow of the fine pattern forming film 101, in other words, the fine pattern forming film 101 is preferably made to function as a carrier film of the object to be processed 104.
- the workpiece (the object to be processed 104) and the carrier (the fine pattern forming film 101) are moved and conveyed by separate moving mechanisms, but in this embodiment, the workpiece is moved by the conveyance of the carrier. be able to. In other words, the workpiece and the carrier can be integrated. This eliminates the need to separately provide a workpiece transport mechanism, thus enabling a compact design of the apparatus and an optional component such as an energy beam irradiation unit between the bonding unit 201 and the peeling unit 206. Can be easily incorporated.
- the target object 104 is disposed on the surface of the fine pattern forming film 101 opposite to the surface on which the rotating body 102 is provided, that is, the first mask layer surface.
- the workpiece 104 also moves.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is conveyed in a state where the front and back sides are reversed (the first mask layer surface is downward)
- the rotating body 102 is disposed on the upper side of the fine pattern forming film 101, and the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the object to be processed 104 is arranged on the lower side, that is, on the first mask layer surface, and the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 are pressed.
- the to-be-processed object 104 bonded with the fine pattern forming film 101 can be moved along with the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 in a suspended state.
- a protective layer peeling roller portion for peeling the protective layer (14 in FIG. 4) from the fine pattern forming film 101 is provided downstream of the feed roller 202 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the protective layer peeling roller is provided with a protective layer winding roller that winds and collects the protective layer at a later stage in the flow direction of the protective layer than the protective layer peeling roller.
- the protective layer peeling roller is not particularly limited as long as it can be provided as a free roller without a driving unit or a roller with a driving unit, as long as the protective layer can be peeled off from the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the protective layer winding roller plays a role of winding up and collecting the protective layer peeled off from the fine pattern forming film 101, it is preferable to attach a driving unit.
- the number of rotations of the protective layer take-up roller rotated by the driving unit can be appropriately designed from the viewpoint of film tension so as to suppress the twist of the protective layer, the twist of the fine pattern forming film 101, the meandering, and the like.
- the protective layer peeling roller is provided at a position close to the rotating body 102, the protective layer is peeled off to suppress the adhesion of foreign matter on the exposed surface.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 Since the pasting accuracy of this improves, it is preferable.
- the energy ray irradiating part is at least 50% or more of the film width of the fine pattern forming film 101 with respect to the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 and a part of the flow direction. Can be irradiated with energy rays.
- the energy beam irradiation unit can irradiate an energy beam to a region having a length of at least 75% or more of the film width of the fine pattern forming film 101 with respect to the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101, productivity is improved. Is improved and environmental compatibility is improved. More preferably, it is 85% or more.
- 150% or less is preferable and 110% or less is more preferable.
- the length in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 is W
- the length in the width direction of the object to be processed is w
- the irradiation length in the width direction of the energy beam irradiation unit is set to We, w / It is premised that W ⁇ 1, and the relationship between the lengths is preferably w / W ⁇ We / W ⁇ 1.5 from the viewpoint of environmental compatibility and suppression of excessive facilities, and w More preferably, /W ⁇ We/W ⁇ 1.1.
- the energy ray can be appropriately selected depending on the material constituting the fine pattern forming film 101, and is not particularly limited.
- a UV-LED light source a metal halide light source, a high-pressure mercury lamp light source, or the like can be employed.
- a plurality of energy beam irradiation mechanisms may be provided in the flow direction of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the energy beam sources of all the energy beam irradiation mechanisms may be the same, or energy beam irradiation mechanisms having different energy beam spectra can be provided.
- the irradiation range of an energy ray is 100% or more of a to-be-processed object, and when considering the illumination distribution within the irradiation range of an energy ray, it is 150%. More preferably.
- a laminate heating unit that heats the laminate 207 can be provided in the upstream of the peeling direction 206 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 and in the downstream of the energy ray irradiation in the flow direction MD.
- the heating temperature by the laminate heating unit can be appropriately selected according to the characteristics of the fine pattern forming film 101, and is not particularly limited. However, if the temperature is lower than the melting point (Tmc) of the fine pattern forming film 101, the apparatus becomes excessive. Can be suppressed, and thermal nanoimprint accuracy is improved.
- the heating temperature of the object to be processed 104 can be heated within a range of 30 ° C. to 200 ° C., and more preferably 60 ° C. to 130 ° C. From the viewpoint of conveying the fine pattern forming film 101, the heating temperature is generally preferably not more than 0.6 times Tmc. Thus, the laminated body 207 is heated under the heating condition.
- a cooling unit that cools the stacked body 207 can be provided before the peeling unit 206 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 and after the stack heating unit. .
- the cooling unit is provided apart from the bonding unit 201 with respect to the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the cooling unit since the rotating body 102 as described above is employed, the temperature necessary for thermal nanoimprinting is kept low. For this reason, the excessive increase in the cooling section can be suppressed.
- the cooling unit only needs to blow air to the stacked body 207.
- the cooling unit be cooled so that at least the temperature of the object to be processed 104 is 120 ° C. or lower because the peelability can be improved.
- the optimum temperature after cooling of the workpiece 104 is determined according to the characteristics of the fine pattern forming film 101, but is generally preferably 5 ° C. or higher and 60 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 18 ° C. or higher and 30 ° C. or lower.
- a conveyance part can be provided in the flow direction MD upstream rather than the bonding part 201.
- a conveyance part takes out the to-be-processed object 104 stored, and conveys the to-be-processed object 104 to the position of the rotary body 102 of the bonding part 201.
- FIG. A conveyance part can also be functioned as a to-be-processed object holding
- the fixing of the object to be processed 104 in the transport unit is preferably performed by a fixing unit that can detachably fix the exposed surface of the object to be processed 104.
- the fixing means is, for example, a decompression chuck, an electrostatic chuck, a gripper for the outer peripheral edge, or a cassette support system well known to those skilled in the art.
- Pre-processing section A pre-processing section can be provided on the upstream side in the flow direction MD from the transport section.
- the main surface of the object to be processed that is, the surface to be processed can be preprocessed.
- the pretreatment unit include a UV-O 3 processing mechanism, an excimer processing mechanism, an oxygen ashing mechanism, a silane coupling material film forming mechanism, and a resin layer forming mechanism.
- a UV-O 3 processing mechanism or an excimer processing mechanism excessive installation can be suppressed.
- a recovery unit can be provided downstream of the peeling unit in the flow direction MD.
- the collection unit collects the target object 104 from which the fine pattern forming film 101 has been peeled off on the peeling unit.
- the collection unit holds the object 104 from which the fine pattern forming film 101 has been peeled off, and conveys it to an apparatus for the next process or a temporary storage apparatus.
- the object 104 is held by the collection unit by gripping the outer peripheral edge of the object 104 or the surface opposite to the surface on which the fine pattern forming film 101 of the object 104 is bonded, That is, it can be realized by supporting the exposed surface.
- a cassette support system well known to those skilled in the art can also be employed as the collection unit.
- An energy ray irradiation unit can be provided in the downstream of the peeling unit 206 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 and in the upstream of the recovery unit.
- the energy beam irradiation unit By irradiating the energy beam to the object 104 to which the fine pattern forming film 101 is peeled off by the energy beam irradiation unit and the concavo-convex structure is transferred to the surface, that is, the one corresponding to the fine mask structure 16 shown in FIG.
- the object to be processed 104 can be stabilized, and the applicability and storage stability in the next processing are improved.
- the same effect can be acquired even if it provides a heating part instead of an energy-beam irradiation part.
- a cooling part can be provided in the back
- the energy beam irradiation unit, the heating unit, and the cooling unit can be provided in this order in the downstream of the separation direction in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 and in the upstream of the recovery unit.
- the roller that is in direct contact with the surface of the first mask layer of the fine pattern forming film 101 is a mirror-finished roller.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating a thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the second embodiment.
- members having the same configurations as those described in the first embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 300 includes a cut unit 501.
- a cut portion 501 is provided downstream of the bonding unit 201 in the flow direction MD and upstream of the winding roller 203. It should be noted that a sufficient interval is provided between the rotating body 102 and the cut portion 501 or between the take-up roller 203 and the cut portion 501 so that an arbitrary component such as an energy beam irradiation unit is provided. preferable.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic plan view illustrating a cutting position by a cut portion in the thermal nanoimprinting apparatus according to the second embodiment. As shown in FIG. 19, a cut body 501 cuts the outer side of the outer periphery of the target object 104 from the laminate 207 composed of the fine pattern forming film 101 / the target object 104.
- the cutting position 502 is indicated by a dashed line in FIG.
- the cutting is performed even when the fine pattern forming film 101 is completely cut out at the cutting position 502 set outside the workpiece 104 so that the fine pattern forming film 101 and the laminate 207 are completely separated.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 may be partially cut at the cutting position 502 so that the fine pattern forming film 101 and the laminate 207 are not separated.
- the fine pattern forming film 101a outside the cutting position 502 shown in FIG. 19 and the fine pattern forming film 101b constituting the laminated body 207 inside the cutting position 502 are cut so as to be partially connected. be able to.
- a method of cutting into a perforation shape, or the fine pattern forming film 101a on the outer side of the cutting position 502 and the inner fine pattern forming film 101b are left connected at one or more places, and the other is cut.
- the method can be adopted.
- the cutting width (I) in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 and the width (W) of the fine pattern forming film 101 shown in FIG. It is preferable to satisfy the relationship of I ⁇ W, more preferably I ⁇ 0.99W, and most preferably I ⁇ 0.95W.
- the cut shape by the cut portion 501 is schematically drawn as a circle, but the cut shape may be an n-gon (n ⁇ 3) or an n-angle with rounded corners (n ⁇ 3).
- n is infinitely large is a circle.
- the line-symmetric cutting about a line parallel to the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 is performed. The shape is preferred.
- the cut part 501 includes at least a cutting blade part 501a for cutting the fine pattern forming film 101 and a support part 501b for supporting the laminated body 207.
- the cutting blade portion 501a is located above the workpiece 104 of the laminated body 207 and moves along a direction (vertical direction) perpendicular to the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the support portion 501b supports the laminated body 207 from below the fine pattern forming film 101, and in particular, suppresses the laminated body 207 from vibrating in a direction perpendicular to the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the cutting blade part 501a moves toward the laminated body 207 supported by the support part 501b, and cutting is performed.
- the laminated body 207 obtained through the bonding unit 201 is conveyed to the cut unit 501 and cut.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is completely cut at the cutting position 502 by the cut portion 501, the fine pattern forming film 101 a outside the cutting position 502 and the fine pattern forming the cut laminate 207 are formed. Since it is not connected with the film 101b, it is necessary to convey the laminated body 207 by a separately provided conveyance unit (not shown).
- the connection portion 501 when the cut portion 501 is partially cut at the cutting position 502, the fine pattern forming film 101a outside the cutting position 502 and the fine pattern forming film 101b constituting the cut laminated body 207 are partial. Connected. A portion where the fine pattern forming film 101a and the fine pattern forming film 101b are connected is referred to as a connecting portion. Since this connection part remains, the laminated body 207 also moves with the conveyance of the cut fine pattern forming film 101a.
- the connection portion when the connection portion is provided, the width of the connection portion is set to 2 mm or less, and the connection portion has two types of points, that is, four points and two points.
- the transport of the laminate 207 can also be realized by separately providing a fixing means for fixing the object to be processed of the laminate 207.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is conveyed using the flow of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is It is preferable to function as a carrier for the object to be processed.
- an energy irradiation unit, a laminate heating unit, and a cooling unit are provided between the bonding unit 201 and the cut unit 501.
- a conveyance part and a pre-processing part can be integrated in the front
- a separation unit can be provided in place of the peeling unit 206 in the first embodiment.
- the separation unit 503 is provided downstream of the cut unit 501 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern formation film 101, thereby separating the fine pattern formation film 101 a and the laminate 207. can do.
- the separation unit 503 is not particularly limited as long as the fine pattern forming film 101a and the laminate 207 can be separated. That is, in the separation unit 503, the vertical movement of the laminated body 207 is substantially fixed, and the laminated body 207 is separated from the fine pattern forming film 101a. In particular, if the separation unit 503 is capable of separating using the flow of the fine pattern forming film 101a being conveyed, the twist of the fine pattern forming film 101a is further suppressed, and the fine pattern forming film 101b of the laminate 207 is suppressed. And concentrated stress on the interface between the object to be processed 104 can be suppressed.
- the laminated body 207 by changing the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101a in the separation unit 503, and a separation roller and a separation edge as described later can be used.
- a separation roller and a separation edge as described later can be used.
- the exposed surface of the workpiece 104 of the laminate 207 is held (fixed), and the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101a is changed by the separation edge or the separation roller. Highly separable.
- the separation unit 503 may have the same configuration as the separation unit 206 described with reference to FIGS. 15 and 16 in the first embodiment.
- the direction change of the fine pattern forming film 101 partially cut in the separation unit 503 is defined by replacing the peeling angle ⁇ 1 described with reference to FIG. 17 in the first embodiment with the separation angle ⁇ 1.
- Can do That is, as shown in FIG. 17, the surface formed by the flow direction (MD-1) of the fine pattern forming film 101 before passing through the separating portion 503 and the fine pattern forming film 101 after passing through the separating portion 503 are formed.
- the angle ⁇ 1 formed with the surface formed by the flow direction (MD-2) is defined as the amount of change in the separation direction.
- This angle ⁇ 1 is a separation angle.
- the separation angle ⁇ 1 is preferably 15 degrees or more and 170 degrees or less.
- the separation angle ⁇ 1 is more preferably 30 degrees or more and 160 degrees or less, and most preferably 60 degrees or more and 160 degrees or less. In addition, when the separation angle ⁇ 1 is 90 degrees or more, it is possible to prevent the apparatus from being excessively large.
- the separation angle ⁇ 1 is preferably 100 degrees or more, more preferably 110 degrees or more, and most preferably 125 degrees or more. Note that the surface formed by the flow direction (MD-1) of the fine pattern forming film 101 before passing through the separation is substantially parallel to the surface to be processed of the object to be processed 104 before peeling.
- a recovery unit can be provided downstream of the cut unit 501 or the separation unit 503 in the flow direction MD. Furthermore, an energy beam irradiation unit, a heating unit, and a cooling unit can be provided downstream of the recovery unit in the flow direction MD as in the first embodiment.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the third embodiment has a peeling unit 206 as in the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 200 according to the first embodiment.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the third embodiment has a peeling unit 206 as in the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 200 according to the first embodiment.
- the same number is attached
- FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram showing a thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the third embodiment.
- a thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600 according to the third embodiment includes a feed roller 202 around which a long fine pattern forming film 101 is wound.
- the delivery roller 202 delivers the fine pattern forming film 101 at a predetermined speed.
- a take-up roller 203 that winds the sent fine pattern forming film 101 is provided in a pair with the feed roller 202.
- a roller that directly contacts the surface of the first mask layer of the fine pattern forming film 101 is a mirror-finished roller. did.
- the protective layer 601 is peeled from the fine pattern forming film 101 at a stage subsequent to the feed roller 202 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- a protective layer peeling roller portion 602 is provided.
- the protective layer peeling roller unit 602 is provided downstream of the dancer roller in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the protective layer peeling roller unit 602 is provided with a protective layer take-up roller 603 that winds up and collects the protective layer 601 at a subsequent stage in the flow direction of the protective layer 601.
- the protective layer peeling roller portion 602 is not particularly limited as long as it can peel the protective layer 601 from the fine pattern forming film 101, whether it is a free roller having no driving portion or a roller having a driving portion. .
- the protective layer winding roller 603 plays a role of winding and collecting the protective layer 601 peeled off from the fine pattern forming film 101, it is preferable to attach a driving unit.
- the protective layer take-up roller 603 rotated by the drive unit may be synchronized with the speed of the fine pattern forming film 101 fed from the feed roller 202, and may cause a conveyance failure such as bending or meandering of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- a torque motor is used to drive the protective layer winding roller 603, or between the protective layer winding roller 603 and the protective layer peeling roller unit 602.
- a dancer roller can be installed.
- a constant tension can be applied to the protective layer 601 by providing a torque motor and a dancer roller.
- the protective layer peeling roller portion 602 is provided at a position close to the rotating body 102 of the bonding portion 201, the protective layer 601 peels off the protective layer 601, and suppresses the adhesion of foreign matters on the surface of the fine pattern forming film 101, As a result, the bonding accuracy between the fine pattern forming film 101 and the surface of the workpiece 104 is improved, which is preferable.
- the target object holding unit 205 is provided further downstream in the flow direction MD than the protective layer peeling roller unit 602.
- the object holding unit 205 can be installed further downstream in the flow direction MD than the feeding roller 202.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram illustrating a relationship between a film for forming a fine pattern and an object to be processed at a bonding portion in the thermal nanoimprinting apparatus according to the third embodiment.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is fed from a feed roller 202.
- a guide roller 701, a dancer roller 702, and a guide roller 703 are disposed downstream from the feed roller 202.
- the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 is changed by the guide roller 703. Further, the flow direction MD is changed by the rotating body 102 located at the rear stage of the guide roller 703. That is, between the guide roller 703 and the rotating body 102, the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object 104 are not parallel to each other. By making such a state, it becomes possible to suppress entrainment of bubbles when the rotating body 102 is used and the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object 104 are bonded.
- the first mask layer surface of the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 in a plane parallel to the surface to be processed 104.
- the angle ⁇ 2 formed by the treatment surface is preferably more than 0 ° and not more than 80 ° because the bonding property is improved. More preferably, it is 0.1 degree or more and 60 degrees or less, and most preferably 0.2 degree or more and 30 degrees or less.
- the object 104 to be processed is detached from the object-to-be-processed holding unit 205 substantially simultaneously with or before the restart of the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101. That is, by restarting the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101, the workpiece 104 is conveyed by the fine pattern forming film 101. Subsequently, after the workpiece 104 on the fine pattern forming film 101 passes through the initial position of the rotating body 102, the rotating body 102 returns to the initial position.
- the rotating body 102 returns to the initial position, and then the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 is resumed.
- the object 104 to be processed is detached from the object-to-be-processed object holding unit 205 substantially at the same time as or before the resumption of the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101. That is, by restarting the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101, the workpiece 104 is conveyed by the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the object 104 is detached from the object holder 205 before the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 is resumed, so that the in-plane including the end of the object 104 is removed.
- This is preferable because the bonding accuracy of the fine pattern forming film 101 is improved. More specifically, first, the surface of the object to be processed 104 opposite to the surface to be processed is fixed by the object to be processed holding unit 205. For example, fixed under reduced pressure can be employed. Next, the bonding of the fine pattern forming film 101 is started from one end of the workpiece 104 by the rotating body 102 of the pressing unit 100. Thereafter, the rotating body 102 moves toward the other end of the object 104 while rotating by the amount of pressing, and the fine pattern forming film 101 is bonded.
- the fixation of the workpiece is released.
- the holding by the workpiece holder 205 is a vacuum chuck
- the vacuum is released.
- the rotating body 102 passes through the other end of the object 104 while rotating.
- the film 101 for fine pattern formation can be bonded over the surface including the edge part of the to-be-processed object 104.
- the intermittent bonding as described above is hereinafter referred to as intermittent bonding.
- the continuous bonding refers to a case where the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 is not stopped in each step, and the fine pattern forming film 101 is continuously bonded to the object 104.
- the continuous bonding is performed by fixing or moving the position of the rotating body 102 and moving the object holding unit 205 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the rotating body 102 preferably rotates around the rotation axis. In this case, it is preferable that the relationship between the rotating body 102 and the target object 104 satisfies the range of the distance X already described with reference to FIG.
- the rotating body 102 moves parallel to the surface to be processed of the object to be processed 104, and the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 are bonded and pressed.
- the bonding of the fine pattern forming film 101 to the object to be processed 104 is intermittent bonding
- the rotating body 102 is in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 in a state where the object to be processed holding unit 205 is stationary.
- the surface to be processed 104 and the fine pattern forming film 101 are bonded and pressed by the rotating body 102.
- the object to be processed 104 is detached from the object to be processed holding unit 205 and is transported integrally with the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 functions as a carrier for the object 104 to be processed. Subsequently, after the workpiece 104 on the fine pattern forming film 101 passes through the initial position of the rotating body 102, the rotating body 102 returns to the initial position.
- the rotating body 102 is fixed or opposite to the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101. Move in the direction.
- maintenance part 205 synchronizes with the conveyance speed of the film 101 for fine pattern formation, and the conveyance speed of the film 101 for fine pattern formation becomes a bonding and press speed.
- the relative speed difference between the conveying speed of the fine pattern forming film 101 and the moving speed of the rotating body 102 becomes the bonding / pressing speed of the fine pattern forming film 101, and the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the laminating / pressing speed can be increased from the conveying speed.
- the peeling speed at the peeling unit 206 described later is the same as the conveyance speed of the fine pattern forming film 101. It is effective when the bonding / pressing speed needs to be higher than the peeling speed.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 and the surface to be processed of the object to be processed 104 face each other and are in contact with each other.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 are sandwiched between the rotating body 102 and the object to be processed holding unit 205, and pressure is applied. .
- the fine pattern forming film 101 and the workpiece 104 are bonded and pressed.
- the pressurizing means for the rotating body 102 even if the rotating body 102 is pressed from below toward the fine pattern forming film 101 as in the pressurizing means 204 shown in FIG.
- the object to be processed 104 and the fine pattern forming film 101 may be pressed by 205 toward the rotating body 102 from above, or both of them may be used.
- At least one of the rotating body 102 and the object-to-be-processed object holding part 205 is accompanied by a press heating part (not shown).
- the angle ⁇ described with reference to FIG. 12 is 1 to 60 degrees at low temperature and low pressure. This is preferable because the thermal nanoimprint accuracy is improved.
- the angle ⁇ is set to 1 degree or more and 10 degrees or less.
- a rotation assisting unit (not shown) that reduces rotational friction of the rotating body 102 may be connected to the rotating body 102 to the extent that does not hinder the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the rotation assisting unit is, for example, a bearing connected to the rotating shaft of the rotating body 102.
- a peeling portion 206 is provided at a stage subsequent to the laminating portion 201 in the flow direction MD and before the winding roller 203 with a sufficient interval to be provided with an energy ray irradiation portion described later. Yes.
- the peeling unit 206 includes a peeling roller 604.
- the peeling roller 604 extends over the entire width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101. Further, the cross-sectional shape of the peeling roller 604 is a substantially circular shape.
- the length in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 of the peeling roller 604 is not particularly limited as long as it is larger than the size of the laminate 207 that peels the fine pattern forming film 101, that is, the size of the object to be processed 104. .
- the peeling roller 604 is provided with the fine pattern forming film 101. It is preferable to extend over the entire width direction. Furthermore, the length of the peeling roller 604 in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 is preferably equal to or greater than the length of the bonding portion 201 in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the length of the peeling roller 604 in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 and the length of the bonding portion 201 in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 are approximately It is more preferable that they are equivalent.
- the peeling roller 604 is passively rotated with the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 in order to improve the peeling accuracy.
- a rotation mechanism using a free roller or a rotation mechanism synchronized with the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 that is, the transmission roller 202 or the take-up roller 203 synchronized with the rotation by the drive unit. Can be adopted.
- the peeling roller 604 is, for example, a cylindrical roll attached around the rotation axis, and the material of the surface of this roll is not particularly limited, but is an elastic body such as resin or rubber. It is preferable at the point which can improve the precision of peeling.
- the peeling roller 604 is provided with a fixing means 605 for fixing the object 104 to be processed.
- the fixing means 605 is configured to hold an exposed surface opposite to the surface to be processed of the object to be processed 104.
- the peeling angle ⁇ 1 is not less than 15 degrees and not more than 170 degrees, so that the load (peeling stress) on the concavo-convex structure obtained by the thermal nanoimprint method is reduced. Since the load concerning conveyance of the film 101 for fine pattern formation falls, it is preferable.
- the peel angle ⁇ 1 is set in the range of 95 degrees to 150 degrees.
- An energy beam irradiation unit 610 is provided between the rotating body 102 and the peeling unit 206.
- the energy beam irradiation unit 610 is provided on the object 104 to be processed, and the energy beam is irradiated toward the object 104 to be processed.
- the energy ray can be appropriately selected depending on the material constituting the fine pattern forming film 101, and is not particularly limited.
- a UV-LED light source is selected and the energy ray is irradiated.
- the integrated light quantity from the start to the end of irradiation is in the range of 800 mJ / cm 2 to 2000 mJ / cm 2 .
- a pre-processing unit (not shown) can be provided on the upstream side in the flow direction MD from the delivery roller 202.
- the preprocessing unit the surface to be processed of the target object 104 held by the target object holding unit can be preprocessed.
- the recovery unit (not shown) described above can be provided downstream of the peeling unit 206 in the flow direction MD.
- the fixing means 605 also serves as a collection unit. That is, when the fine pattern forming film 101 is peeled from the object to be processed 104 in the peeling portion 206, the exposed surface of the object to be processed 104 is fixed by the fixing means 605, and after the cover film is peeled off, the fixing means 605 is processed. The object 104 is recovered by holding the body 104 and moving the fixing means 605.
- a laminate heating unit 611 is provided in the upstream of the peeling direction 206 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 and in the downstream of the energy beam irradiation unit 610.
- the interface between the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 can be stabilized.
- the heating temperature by the stacked body heating unit 611 can be heated so that the temperature of the object 104 is in the range of 30 ° C. to 200 ° C.
- the heating temperature is set so that the temperature of the workpiece 104 is in the range of 80 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower.
- a cooling unit 612 is provided in the upstream of the peeling direction 206 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 and in the downstream of the laminate heating unit 611.
- the peelability of the fine pattern forming film 101 can be improved.
- cooling is performed by blowing air until the temperature reaches 30 ° C. or lower.
- the other energy ray irradiation part which is not shown in figure can be provided in the back
- the other energy ray irradiation unit can stabilize the concavo-convex structure transferred to the surface of the object 104 by thermal nanoimprinting, and the applicability and storage stability of the concavo-convex structure in the processing after the transfer are improved.
- the same effect can be acquired even if it provides another heating part instead of another energy ray irradiation part.
- FIG. 22 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the third embodiment. As illustrated in FIG. 22, the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600 according to the third embodiment may include a peeling edge 620 instead of the peeling roller 604.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the third embodiment.
- FIG. 23 shows a thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600 according to the third embodiment shown in FIG. 20, with the first mask layer surface of the fine pattern forming film 101 facing downward, and the object 104 to be processed, the fine pattern forming film. 101 is changed to a configuration in which it is faced from below and bonded together.
- FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the third embodiment.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600 according to the third embodiment shown in FIG. 22 is arranged so that the first mask layer surface of the fine pattern forming film 101 faces downward, and the object 104 is placed in the fine pattern.
- the film is changed to a configuration in which the film 101 is faced from below and bonded together.
- FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the third embodiment.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600 according to the third embodiment may include a moving roller 631 and a peeling roller 632 instead of the peeling roller 604.
- the peeling of the fine pattern forming film 101 by the moving roller 631 and the peeling roller 632 is as described with reference to FIGS. 16A and 16B.
- FIG. 26 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the third embodiment.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600 according to the third embodiment shown in FIG. 25 is arranged so that the first mask layer surface of the fine pattern forming film 101 faces downward and the object 104 is placed in the fine pattern.
- the film is changed to a configuration in which the film 101 is faced from below and bonded together.
- the surface of the roll directly touching the surface of the first mask layer of the fine pattern forming film has a mirror finish.
- a roll is preferred.
- a static elimination machine can be provided in the bonding part.
- a removing machine can be provided in the peeling portion 206.
- thermo nanoimprint method A thermal nanoimprint method using the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600 according to the third embodiment having the above-described configuration will be described.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is unloaded from the feed roller 202 and taken up by the take-up roller 203, whereby the fine pattern forming film 101 is conveyed in the order of the protective layer peeling roller portion 602 and the bonding portion 201. .
- the protective layer 601 is peeled off from the fine pattern forming film 101 at the protective layer peeling roller section 602, wound around the protective layer winding roller 603, and collected.
- the object 104 is taken out from a storage (not shown).
- the target object 104 may be preprocessed on the target surface of the target object 104 by a preprocessing unit (not shown).
- UV-O 3 processing, air blowing, and static elimination processing are sequentially performed.
- the target object 104 is held by the target object holding unit 205.
- the object to be processed 104 is conveyed by the object to be processed holding unit 205 before the rotating body 102.
- the target object holding unit 205 includes a reduced pressure suction unit 205a, and the target object 104 is placed on the target object holding unit 205 in a state where the reduced pressure suction unit 205a is directed upward. Place and fix by suction.
- the target object holding unit 205 moves and rotates so as to be upside down, so that the target object 104 is transported to the front of the rotating body 102 and stops. At this time, the to-be-processed surface of the to-be-processed object 104 and the film 101 for fine pattern formation will be in the state which faced with inclination, without contacting.
- the rotating body 102 moves in the direction opposite to the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101, or the processed object holding unit 205 forms the fine pattern while the fine pattern forming film 101 is being conveyed.
- the film 101 moves at the same speed as the conveyance speed of the film 101.
- the object to be processed 104 and the fine pattern forming film 101 are sandwiched between the object to be processed holding unit 205 and the rotating body 102.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 receives a pressing force from the rotating body 102 and is pressed against the workpiece 104. At this time, the surface of the fine pattern forming film 101 and the surface of the object to be processed 104 are in a state of facing each other.
- the angle ⁇ described with reference to FIG. 12 is set to 1 degree or more and 10 degrees or less. is doing.
- the workpiece 104 is heated by the press heating unit.
- a pressure heating unit is attached to both the workpiece holder 205 and the rotating body 102, and the surface and rotation of the workpiece holder 205 that are in contact with the workpiece 104 are rotated by the pressure heating unit.
- the surface temperature of the body 102 is heated in the range of 60 to 130 degrees.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 are bonded and pressed to the object to be processed 104 heated by the pressure heating unit while substantially applying a pressure as a line by the rotating body 102.
- thermal nanoimprinting can be favorably performed at low temperature and low pressure.
- a laminated body 207 composed of the fine pattern forming film 101 / the object to be processed 104 is obtained by bonding and pressing by the rotating body 102 in the bonding unit 201.
- the target object holding unit 205 releases the target object 104, and the laminate 207 moves to the energy beam irradiation unit 610 by the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the laminate 207 is transported to the irradiation region of the energy beam irradiation unit 610 by transporting the fine pattern forming film 101 and irradiated with energy beams.
- the energy beam irradiation is performed by the fine pattern forming film 101 being stationary under the irradiation region of the energy beam irradiation unit 610.
- the laminated body 207 is irradiated with energy rays by conveying the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the energy beam is irradiated toward the object to be processed 104.
- a UV-LED light source having a center wavelength of 365 nm is selected as the light source, and the integrated light quantity is set to be 800 mJ / cm 2 to 2000 mJ / cm 2 .
- the laminate 207 is transported to the laminate heating unit 611 toward the subsequent stage in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the laminated body heating unit 611 is set so that the temperature of the object to be processed 104 is in the range of 80 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower.
- the laminate 207 is heated by sandwiching the laminate 207 between a pair of flat plates (not shown) and heating the flat plates together.
- the laminate 207 is transported to the cooling unit 612 toward the rear stage in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- cooling is performed by wiping air until the temperature of the stacked body 207 reaches 30 ° C. or lower.
- the laminate 207 is transported to the peeling portion 206 toward the subsequent stage in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the cover film is peeled from the laminate 207 from the peeling portion 206.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600 in which the peeling unit 206 includes the moving roller 631 and the peeling roller 632 described with reference to FIGS. 25 and 26 is used. That is, the exposed surface of the object to be processed 104 of the laminated body 207 is sucked and held by the fixing means 605, and the moving roller 631 is indicated by an arrow B in the figure while the laminated body 207 and the fine pattern forming film 101 are stationary. As shown, when the fine pattern forming film 101 moves in the direction opposite to the feeding direction MD, the peeling roller 632 also moves in the same manner, and the cover film is peeled off from the laminate 207. Thereafter, the fine pattern forming film 101 is taken up by the take-up roller 203.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 600 in which the peeling unit 206 includes the peeling edge 620 described with reference to FIGS. 23 and 24 is used. That is, the exposed surface of the workpiece 104 of the laminate 207 is sucked and held by the fixing means 605, and the direction parallel to the feed direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 is the same speed as the fine pattern forming film 101 and the conveying speed.
- the fixing means 605 is moved.
- the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 changes at the peeling edge 620.
- the workpiece 104 moves to the collection unit 621 while being held by the fixing unit 605.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is taken up by a take-up roller 203.
- the cover film is peeled from the laminate 207, and the workpiece 104 with a concavo-convex structure transferred by thermal nanoimprinting, that is, the intermediate 21 shown in FIG. 5C is obtained.
- the laminate 207 moved by the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 until just before the peeling portion 206 is used to stop the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the fixing means 605 moves to a position directly above the object to be processed 104 and then descends toward the object to be processed 104 to fix the object to be processed 104 under reduced pressure.
- the object 104 with the first mask layer and the second mask layer is collected by the collection unit.
- the third embodiment has been described.
- the arrangement of each component can be suppressed to an excessively large apparatus by arranging it in a circular shape in addition to a linear arrangement.
- FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram illustrating a thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the fourth embodiment.
- Members having the same configuration as those of the above-described embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 800 includes the cut portion 501 described with reference to FIG.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 800 includes a feed roller 202 around which a long fine pattern forming film 101 is wound.
- the delivery roller 202 delivers the fine pattern forming film 101 at a predetermined speed.
- a take-up roller 203 that winds the sent fine pattern forming film 101 is provided in a pair with the feed roller 202.
- the winding mechanism of the fine pattern forming film 101 of the winding roller 203 is as described in the second embodiment.
- the protective layer 601 When the protective layer 601 is provided on the fine pattern forming film 101, the protective layer 601 is protected in the downstream of the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 rather than the feed roller 202, as described in the above embodiment.
- a delamination roller portion 602 and a protective layer take-up roller 603 can be provided.
- the bonding part 201 is provided further downstream in the flow direction MD than the protective layer peeling roller part 602.
- the bonding unit 201 includes the pressing unit 100 including the rotating body 102 and the pressurizing unit 204, as in the third embodiment described above.
- maintenance part 205 is installed between the protective layer peeling roller part 602 and the bonding part 201.
- the surface to be processed 104 and the fine pattern forming film 101 held by the object holding unit 205 are the third embodiment described above. In the same manner as described in the embodiment, it is preferable to have an inclination.
- the third embodiment described above is performed for the bonding and pressing of the concavo-convex structure surface of the fine pattern forming film 101 by the rotating body 102 and the surface to be processed of the object 104 to be processed regardless of intermittent bonding or continuous bonding. This can be performed in the same manner as described in the above.
- At least one of the rotating body 102 and the object-to-be-processed object holding section 205 can be provided with a pressure heating section (not shown) as in the third embodiment. Also in the fourth embodiment, similarly to the third embodiment, the pressure heating unit is provided in both the rotating body 102 and the target object holding unit 205.
- the object to be processed 104 may be taken out from the storage (not shown) and pretreated on the surface of the object 104 to be processed by a preprocessing unit (not shown).
- excimer processing, air blow, and static elimination processing are sequentially performed.
- a cut portion 501 is provided downstream of the rotating body 102 in the flow direction MD and upstream of the winding roller 203. In addition, it is preferable that a sufficient interval is provided between the rotating body 102 and the cut portion 501 or between the take-up roller 203 and the cut portion 501 so that an energy beam irradiation unit and the like described later are provided.
- the transport of the laminated body 207 composed of the fine pattern forming film 101 / the processed object 104 is fixed to fix the exposed surface of the processed object 104 of the laminated body 207. It can also be realized by separately providing means.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is conveyed using the flow of the fine pattern forming film 101. In other words, the fine pattern forming film 101 is processed. It is preferable to function as 104 carriers.
- the cut unit 501 completely removes the fine pattern forming film 101 positioned outside the outer periphery of the target object 104 with respect to the target object 104 to which the fine pattern forming film 101 is bonded. Cut partially or partially.
- a partially cut form is adopted. More specifically, in the fourth embodiment, the cut portion 501 includes a cutting blade portion 501a that cuts the fine pattern forming film 101 and a support portion 501b that supports the laminate 207. Yes.
- a cutting blade 504 that is larger than the object to be processed 104 and whose outer peripheral shape is substantially similar to that of the object to be processed 104 is used.
- the cutting blade 504 is provided with four portions having no blades in point symmetry.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 cut by the cut portion 501 is point-symmetric about the workpiece 104 between the outside (101a in FIG. 19) and the inside (101b in FIG. 19) of the cutting position. Cut with four partial connections.
- the cutting width (I) in the width direction of the fine pattern forming film 101 is the fine pattern forming film.
- the width (W) of the film 101 is set to be between 0.8 W and 0.99 W.
- the cut portion 501 further includes a substantially cylindrical elastic body 505 made of, for example, sponge.
- the thickness of the elastic body 505 is larger than the cutting blade 504.
- the elastic body 505 is provided with a circular groove 505a.
- a cutting blade 504 is embedded in the groove 505a so as to be accommodated in its entirety. Thereby, when the elastic body 505 receives pressure from the outside and is compressed, the cutting edge of the cutting blade 504 protrudes outside.
- the cut part 501 can be moved up and down by a driving means (not shown).
- a metal support base 506 for supporting the laminated body 207 from the processed object 104 side is provided.
- the support base 506 is fixed, for example.
- a support portion 501b is configured by the elastic body 505 and the support base 506 of the cutting blade portion 501a described above, and sandwiches the upper and lower surfaces of the laminate 207. More specifically, when the fine pattern forming film 101 is cut, the cut portion 501 is lowered and the support base 506 is fixed. For this reason, the stacked body 207 can be sandwiched from above and below.
- the elastic body 505 is elastically deformed by the lowering of the cut portion 501, and the cutting blade portion 501 a is pushed into the fine pattern forming film 101. That is, when the cut portion 501 is lowered, pressure is applied to the elastic body 505, the elastic body 505 is compressed, and the cutting blade 504 protrudes. As a result, the fine pattern forming film 101 is cut.
- the cut pattern 501 partially cuts the fine pattern forming film 101 of the laminate 207. That is, as shown in FIG. 19, the fine pattern forming film 101a on the workpiece 104 and the fine pattern forming film 101b on the workpiece 104 have a connection point. For this reason, the laminate 207 can be conveyed further downstream in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 by conveying the fine pattern forming film 101.
- An energy ray irradiating part can be provided upstream of the cut part 501 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the energy beam irradiation unit is as described above.
- the energy beam is irradiated toward the object to be processed 104.
- a UV-LED light source having a center wavelength of 365 nm is selected as the light source, and the integrated light amount is set to be 800 mJ / cm 2 to 2000 mJ / cm 2 .
- the separation part 503 can be provided downstream of the cut part 501 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the separation portion 503 By providing the separation portion 503, the laminated body 207 composed of the partially cut fine pattern forming film 101b / the object to be processed 104 is completely separated from the fine pattern forming film 101a, and the laminated body 207 is continuously formed. Can be obtained.
- the separation unit 503 has the same configuration as already described in the second embodiment.
- the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101a that holds (fixes) the exposed surface of the object to be processed 104 of the laminate 207 and is partially cut by the peeling roller 503a. By changing, the laminated body 207 is separated from the fine pattern forming film 101a.
- the separation angle ⁇ 1 described with reference to FIG. 17 is set in a range from 95 degrees to 170 degrees.
- the separation unit 503 by further providing a fixing means that can detachably fix the exposed surface of the object to be processed 104, the physical balance of the stacked body 207 at the time of separation by the separation unit 503 is improved. It is possible to further suppress defects in the concavo-convex structure obtained by twisting of the fine pattern forming film 101a or thermal nanoimprint.
- a fixing means a decompression chuck, an electrostatic chuck, a system for gripping the outer peripheral edge, or a cassette support system well known to those skilled in the art can be adopted.
- a recovery unit (not shown) can be provided downstream of the separation unit 503 in the flow direction MD.
- the collection unit collects the stacked body 207.
- the collection unit holds the laminated body 207 and conveys it to an apparatus for the next processing or a temporary storage apparatus.
- the stacked body 207 can be held by the collection unit by supporting the exposed surface of the workpiece 104 or the exposed surface of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the fixing means used in the separation unit 503 is used in combination as the recovery means. That is, in the separation unit 503, the fixing unit 801 fixes the surface of the object to be processed 104, and the stacked body 207 is separated. Subsequently, the fixing unit 801 moves in a state where the fixing and fixing of the fixing unit 801 is maintained, and the stacked body 207 is collected.
- FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the fourth embodiment.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 800 includes a transport unit 810 that transports the laminate 207 separated from the fine pattern forming film 101a by the separation unit 503.
- the transport unit 810 is a conveyor in which a conveyor belt 813 is bridged between a pair of conveyor rolls 811 and 812.
- a peeling unit 814 is provided near the end of the conveyor of the transport unit 810.
- the peeling unit 814 is configured to absorb and fix the exposed surface of the workpiece 104 constituting the stacked body 207 by the fixing unit 815, and the curvature of the conveyor belt 813 on the conveyor roll 812 (hereinafter referred to as the curvature of the conveyor end). Utilizing this, the fine pattern forming film 101b is peeled from the object 104.
- the fixing means 815 moves in parallel with the flow direction of the laminate 207 while holding the workpiece 104 at a speed synchronized with the conveyance speed of the laminate 207 by the conveyance unit 810.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 b is held by the conveyor belt 813.
- the laminated body which consists of the fixing means 815 / the to-be-processed object 104 / the film 101b for fine pattern formation / conveyor belt 813 penetrate
- an energy beam irradiation unit 820, a heating unit 821, and a cooling unit 822 can be provided along the transport unit 810 before the peeling unit 814.
- the heating temperature of the workpiece 104 is set in a range of 90 ° C. or higher and 140 ° C. or lower.
- the stacked body 207 is sandwiched between a pair of flat plates and heated by heating the flat plates together.
- the cooling unit 822 is cooled by blowing air until the temperature of the stacked body 207 reaches 30 ° C. or lower.
- the to-be-processed object 104 from which the fine pattern forming film 101b was peeled off by the peeling unit 814 is collected by a collecting unit (not shown) provided separately.
- the mechanism of the collection unit is as described above.
- FIG. 29 is a schematic diagram showing a modification of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the fourth embodiment.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 900 includes a plurality of movable fixing means 831 that conveys the laminated body 207 separated from the fine pattern forming film 101a by the separation unit 503. Part 830.
- the uneven structure surface of the fine pattern forming film 101 faces upward, and the surface to be processed of the object 104 to be processed is It is configured to be processed in a state of facing down.
- An energy beam irradiation unit 820, a heating unit 821, and a cooling unit 822 are sequentially provided on the conveyance path of the stacked body 207 by the conveyance unit 830.
- a peeling unit 832 is provided at the end of the transport unit 830. With this peeling portion 832, the exposed surface of the object to be processed 104 is held by the fixing means 831, and the fine pattern forming film 101 b is held in a stationary state, and the fine pattern forming film 101 b is held within the surface of the object to be processed 104. Peel off to add movement in the direction. As the peeling part 832, the thing similar to the peeling part 206 already demonstrated is employable.
- the roll directly touching the surface of the first mask layer of the fine pattern forming film is a roll having a mirror-finished surface. Is preferred.
- static elimination can be provided in order to suppress static electricity.
- the peeling unit 832 can be provided with a static eliminator.
- the fourth embodiment has been described, but the arrangement of each component can be suppressed in an excessively large apparatus by arranging it in a circular shape in addition to a linear arrangement.
- FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram showing a thermal nanoimprint apparatus according to the fifth embodiment.
- Members having the same configuration as that of the third embodiment are denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof is omitted.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 1000 includes a feed roller 202 around which a long fine pattern forming film 101 is wound.
- the delivery roller 202 delivers the fine pattern forming film 101 at a predetermined speed.
- a take-up roller 203 that winds the sent fine pattern forming film 101 is provided in a pair with the feed roller 202.
- the protective layer peeling roller unit 602 and the protective layer take-up roller 603 are disposed downstream of the feed roller 202 in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101. Can be provided.
- the bonding part 201 is provided further downstream in the flow direction MD than the protective layer peeling roller part 602.
- the rotating body 102 can be connected to a rotation assisting unit 1009 that reduces the rotational friction of the rotating body 102 to the extent that the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 is not hindered.
- the rotation auxiliary unit 1009 is, for example, a bearing connected to the rotation shaft of the rotating body 102.
- the rotation assisting unit 1009 may not be provided.
- a press heating part can be provided in at least one of the bonding part 201 and the to-be-processed object holding
- the bonding part 201 is arranged at a position higher than the feeding roller 202 as shown in FIG. Thereby, the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 is changed in the horizontal direction from the obliquely upward direction. That is, the bonding part 201 also functions as a guide roller.
- a peeling roller 604 is provided downstream of the bonding unit 201 in the flow direction MD and upstream of the take-up roller 203 with a sufficient interval for providing an energy beam irradiation unit 1002 described later. It has been.
- the rotation assisting part 1001 that reduces the rotational friction of the peeling roller 604 can be connected to the peeling roller 604 to such an extent that the conveyance of the fine pattern forming film 101 is not hindered.
- the peeling roller 604 is disposed at a position higher than the winding roller 203 as shown in FIG. As a result, the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 is changed obliquely downward from the horizontal direction. That is, the peeling roller 604 also functions as a guide roller.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is conveyed in a substantially horizontal state.
- an energy ray irradiation unit 1002 is provided on the side opposite to the object 104 of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the bonding surface of the fine pattern forming film 101 to the object 104 is directed upward in the vertical direction.
- the bonding unit 201, the energy ray irradiation unit 1002, and the peeling roller 604 are disposed below the fine pattern forming film 101, that is, on the side opposite to the object to be processed 104.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 1000 includes an object carrying-in unit 1003.
- the target object carrying-in unit 1003 carries the target object 104 into the preprocessing unit 1004 and pretreats the surface thereof in the same manner as in the first embodiment. Since it is necessary to support the workpiece 104, it is preferable to grip the outer peripheral edge of the workpiece 104, but the present invention is not limited to this.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 1000 includes a target object holding unit 205 that receives the target object 104 from the target object carrying-in unit 1003.
- the processed object holding unit 205 moves the received processed object 104 to above the bonding unit 201 and places the processed object 104 on the fine pattern forming film 101 with the preprocessed surface facing down.
- the target object 104 is detachably fixed by a decompression chuck (not shown).
- the object holding unit 205 include an electrostatic chuck in addition to the decompression chuck.
- adopted the cassette support system well-known to those skilled in the art may be used.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 1000 includes a recovery unit 1006 that recovers an object to be processed obtained by peeling a cover film, that is, an intermediate 1005.
- the intermediate body is detachably fixed by a decompression chuck (not shown).
- the fixing means include an electrostatic chuck and the like in addition to the decompression chuck.
- adopted the cassette support system well-known to those skilled in the art may be used.
- the workpiece 104 is rotated by the fine pattern forming film 101 along the flow direction MD thereof, the rotating body 102, the energy beam irradiation unit 1002, and the peeling object. It is sequentially conveyed on the roller 604, and each process of bonding, energy beam irradiation, and peeling is performed.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 and the surface to be processed of the object to be processed 104 face each other and are conveyed in contact with each other.
- the rotating body 102 is provided with pressurizing means 204 that presses the fine pattern forming film 101 toward the pretreatment surface of the workpiece 104, and the pressing force by the pressurizing means 204 is used for forming the fine pattern. It is added to the film 101 and the workpiece 104.
- the object to be processed 104 is heated to a predetermined temperature by the pressing and heating unit, and thus the adhesion with the object to be processed 104 is expressed.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 are bonded and pressed substantially as a line, and a laminate 207 composed of the fine pattern forming film 101 / the object to be processed 104 is obtained.
- the target object holding unit 205 supports the target object 104.
- the bonding unit 201 is configured by the rotating body 102, the target object holding unit 205, the pressing heating unit, and the pressing unit 204.
- membranes are implement
- the bonding / pressing conditions of the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104, the method, and the mechanism of the object to be processed holding unit 205 are as described in the first embodiment.
- maintenance part 205 releases the support, after finishing all the to-be-processed objects 104 passing the bonding part 201, or just before passing. That is, after all the main surfaces of the object to be processed 104 are bonded to the fine pattern forming film 101 or immediately before, the holding of the object to be processed 104 of the object to be processed holding unit 205 is released to form a fine pattern. Only the laminate 207 composed of the film 101 for processing / the workpiece 104 is moved by the flow of the fine pattern forming film 101 and conveyed toward the energy beam irradiation unit 1002.
- the heating unit 1007 and the cooling unit 1008 are sequentially arranged downstream of the energy ray irradiation unit 1002 in the flow direction MD. Furthermore, an energy beam irradiation unit 1010 can be provided downstream of the peeling roller 604 in the flow direction MD and upstream of the recovery unit 1006. By irradiating the intermediate with the energy beam from the energy beam irradiation unit 1010, the first mask layer can be stabilized, and the applicability and storage stability in the next process (not shown) are improved. In addition, the same effect can be acquired even if it provides a heating part instead of the energy beam irradiation part 1010. FIG.
- the intermediate body 1005 is fixed to the collection unit 1006 by a decompression chuck (not shown), and in that state, the fine pattern is formed on the peeling roller 604.
- the intermediate 1005 is peeled from the forming film 101.
- the peeling roller 604 and the recovery unit 1006 constitute a peeling unit.
- the peeling portion is as described in the first to fourth embodiments.
- FIGS. 31A to 31C and FIGS. 32A to 32C are schematic views showing the operation of the thermal nanoimprint apparatus in the transfer method according to the fifth embodiment.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is unloaded from the feed roller 202 and taken up by the take-up roller 203, so that the protective layer peeling roller portion 602, the rotating body 102, and the peeling roller 604 are sequentially removed.
- the fine pattern forming film 101 is conveyed.
- the protective layer 601 is peeled from the fine pattern forming film 101 by the protective layer peeling roller unit 602, wound around the protective layer winding roller 603, and collected.
- the object to be processed 104 is loaded into the preprocessing unit 1004 from the storage (not shown) in which the object 104 is stored.
- the target object carrying-in unit 1003 approaches from the preprocessing surface side of the target object 104 and grips the outer peripheral edge of the target object 104.
- the target object 104 is delivered from the target object carry-in unit 1003 to the target object holding unit 205.
- the target object carrying-in unit 1003 rotates 180 degrees so that the side opposite to the preprocessing surface of the target object 104 faces toward the target object holding unit 205 and is brought into contact therewith.
- a decompression chuck (not shown) fixes the workpiece 104 to the workpiece holder 205.
- the object to be processed 104 is conveyed onto the fine pattern forming film 101 as shown in FIG. 31C. Subsequently, the to-be-processed object 104 moves up on the bonding part 201.
- FIG. The object to be processed 104 is heated by the pressure heating unit included in the object to be processed holding unit 205, and the fine pattern forming film 101 and the object to be processed 104 are brought into contact with each other on the bonding unit 201, and by the pressurizing unit 204.
- the object to be processed 104 and the fine pattern forming film 101 are bonded together to obtain a laminated body 207 composed of the fine pattern forming film 101 / the object to be processed 104. Thereafter, the decompression chuck of the object holder 205 is released, and the object holder 205 moves away from the object 104.
- the bonding and pressing of the fine pattern forming film 101 and the workpiece 104 may be continuous bonding or intermittent bonding as described above.
- the heating condition by the press heating unit can be applied within the range already described.
- the to-be-processed object 104 of the state bonded with the fine pattern formation film 101 is conveyed to the irradiation area of the energy beam irradiation part 1002 with conveyance of the fine pattern formation film 101.
- the energy beam irradiation can be performed under the conditions already described.
- the energy beam irradiation unit 1002 is provided on the side opposite to the object 104 of the fine pattern forming film 101, but in the fifth embodiment, the fine pattern forming film 101 is provided. It can also provide in the to-be-processed object side.
- the laminate 207 is transported to the heating unit 1007 toward the downstream of the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 along with the transport of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the heating unit 1007 by heating the laminated body 207, the stability of the first mask layer of the fine pattern forming film 101 is improved, and the stability of the interface between the fine pattern forming film 101 and the target object 104 is improved. As a result, it is possible to improve the peelability of the subsequent fine pattern forming film 101.
- the range already demonstrated can be employ
- the laminate 207 is transported to the cooling unit 1008 toward the rear stage in the flow direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the cooling unit 1008 By providing the cooling unit 1008, it is possible to improve the releasability when the fine pattern forming film 101 is peeled off.
- the mechanism and conditions of the cooling unit 1008 can employ the ranges already described.
- the laminate 207 is transported onto the peeling roller 604 in the downstream direction MD of the fine pattern forming film 101 along with the transport of the fine pattern forming film 101.
- the exposed surface of the workpiece 104 is supported by the collection unit 1006.
- the target object 104 supported by the collection unit 1006 peels the cover film of the fine pattern forming film 101 from the laminate 207 on the peripheral surface of the peeling roller 604.
- the peeled fine pattern forming film 101 is taken up by a take-up roller 203.
- an object to be processed having an uneven structure on its surface that is, an intermediate 1005 is obtained.
- the intermediate 1005 is recovered by the recovery unit 1006.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 1000 and the transfer method using the same according to the fifth embodiment the same effects as those of the above-described third embodiment can be obtained. Furthermore, according to the thermal nanoimprint apparatus 1000 according to the fifth embodiment, as a means for sequentially transporting the object 104 to the bonding unit 201, the energy beam irradiation unit 1002, and the peeling roller 604, for forming a fine pattern. By using the film 101, the intermediate 1005 can be obtained continuously. Moreover, the freedom degree of arrangement
- the intermediate body 21 is subjected to an etching process to form a concavo-convex structure.
- the defect rate of the fine mask structure 16 can be reduced by using the intermediate body 21 that includes the predetermined exposed portion at the outer edge portion of the object to be processed 20 as described above.
- the defect rate can be reduced.
- the intermediate body 21 including the predetermined exposed portion at the outer edge portion of the object to be processed 20 is low in the surface layer particularly through the mask pattern transfer process described in the first to fifth embodiments.
- An etching process is comprised in order of a 1st mask layer etching process and a to-be-processed object etching process.
- Various etching conditions can be designed depending on the material. For example, the following etching methods can be mentioned.
- the first mask layer etching is etching of the first mask layer in which the second mask layer functions as an etching mask, and dry etching can be used.
- a gas used for etching the first mask layer 13 is a mixed gas containing at least one of O 2 gas, H 2 gas, and Ar gas. In particular, it is preferable to use only O 2 . From the viewpoint of chemically reacting the first mask layer 13, O 2 gas and H 2 gas can be selected as the gas used for etching. Also, Ar gas and Xe gas can be selected as the gas used for etching from the viewpoint of improving the vertical etching rate by increasing the ion incident component.
- the pressure at the time of etching is preferably 0.1 to 5 Pa, and preferably 0.1 to 1 Pa, because the ion incident energy contributing to the reactive etching can be increased and the etching anisotropy can be further improved. More preferred.
- the mixed gas ratio of O 2 gas and H 2 gas, Ar gas, or Xe gas improves the anisotropy when the chemical reactive etching component and the ion incident component are in an appropriate amount.
- 1 sccm to 50 sccm: 50 sccm is preferable, 95 sccm: 5 sccm to 60 sccm: 40 sccm is more preferable, and 90 sccm: 10 sccm to 70 sccm: 30 sccm is still more preferable.
- the first mask layer etching is plasma etching because the processing accuracy of the first mask layer is improved.
- Plasma etching is performed using capacitively coupled RIE, inductively coupled RIE, or RIE using an ion pulling bias.
- the processing pressure is set in the range of 0.1 to 1 Pa, and capacitively coupled RIE And an etching method using inductively coupled RIE or RIE using an ion pull-in voltage.
- a component having a low vapor pressure for example, a sol-gel material having Ti, Zr, Ta or the like as a metal element contained in the second mask layer 12 is a first pattern.
- a component having a low vapor pressure for example, a sol-gel material having Ti, Zr, Ta or the like as a metal element contained in the second mask layer 12 is a first pattern.
- the mask layer 13 is etched, it serves to protect the side walls of the first mask layer 13, and as a result, the thick first mask layer 13 can be easily etched.
- the etching rate of the second mask layer 12 is smaller than the etching rate of the first mask layer 13. Even if there is a residual film thickness distribution in the mask layer 13, the residual film thickness distribution of the first mask layer 13 is absorbed in the etching process, and the height of the mask constituted by the first mask layer 13 is made uniform. It becomes possible.
- the object etching process is a process of etching the object 20 using the first mask layer 13 as an etching mask, and either wet etching or dry etching can be employed.
- dry etching is preferably employed from the viewpoint of increasing the degree of processing freedom of the object 20 to be processed.
- etching using a chlorine-based gas or a fluorocarbon-based gas can be performed. Oxygen gas, argon gas, or a mixed gas of oxygen gas and argon gas may be added to the chlorine-based gas.
- At least one gas selected from the group consisting of Ar gas, O 2 gas and Xe gas is mixed with the fluorocarbon gas to 50% or less of the total gas flow rate. Gas can also be used.
- the mixed gas of the chlorofluorocarbon gas and the Ar gas and the O 2 gas or the Xe gas improves the etching rate of the object 20 to be processed.
- the ratio of the gas flow rate is preferably 99 sccm: 1 sccm to 50 sccm: 50 sccm, more preferably 95 sccm: 5 sccm to 60 sccm: 40 sccm, and still more preferably 90 sccm: 10 sccm to 70 sccm: 30 sccm.
- it can also be used by mixing with a chlorine-based gas described below.
- chlorine-based gas examples include Cl 2 , BCl 3 , CCl 4 , PCl 3 , SiCl 4 , HCl, CCl 2 F 2 and CCl 3 F.
- oxygen gas, argon gas, or a mixed gas of oxygen gas and argon gas may be added to the chlorine-based gas in order to improve the etching rate of the difficult-to-etch object.
- the gas mixture of chlorine gas and Ar gas and O 2 gas or Xe gas has appropriate amounts of the reactive etching component and the ion incident component, the etching rate of the workpiece 20 is improved.
- the ratio of the gas flow rate is preferably 99 sccm: 1 sccm to 50 sccm: 50 sccm, more preferably 99 sccm: 1 sccm to 80 sccm: 20 sccm, and still more preferably 99 sccm: 1 sccm to 90 sccm: 10 sccm.
- the etching pressure is preferably 0.1 to 20 Pa, and preferably 0.1 to 10 Pa, because the ion incident energy contributing to the reactive etching is increased and the etching rate of the object 20 is improved. More preferred.
- Plasma etching is performed using capacitively coupled RIE, inductively coupled RIE, or RIE using an ion pull-in voltage.
- RIE reactive ion-reactive ion-in voltage
- a fluorocarbon gas a CHF 3 gas alone or a mixture of CF 4 and C 4 F 8 at a gas flow rate ratio of 90 sccm: 10 sccm to 60 sccm: 40 sccm, and a processing pressure of 0.1 to
- an etching method using a capacitive coupling type RIE, an inductive coupling type RIE, or an RIE using an ion attraction voltage may be used.
- BCl 3 gas or a gas in which BCl 3 and Cl 2 or Ar are mixed at a gas flow rate ratio of 95 sccm: 5 sccm to 85 sccm: 15 sccm is used, and the processing pressure is 0.
- an etching method using a capacitively coupled RIE, an inductively coupled RIE, or an RIE using an ion pull-in voltage is used.
- FIG. 33 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing each step of the method for producing a fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment.
- the first stacked body I having the second mask layer can be manufactured.
- Step (1-1) A step of applying the curable resin composition 111 onto the support substrate 110 (step of applying a resin, see FIG. 33A).
- Step (1-2) A step of pressing the applied curable resin composition 111 against the master mold 112 that has been subjected to the release treatment (step of pressing the resin against the mold, see FIG. 33B).
- Step (1-3) A step of performing light radical polymerization of the curable resin composition 111 by performing light irradiation from the support base 110 side (step of photocuring the resin, see FIG. 33C).
- Step (1-4) A step of peeling the cured product layer 113 from the master mold 112 to obtain a concavo-convex structure having an inverted shape of the pattern shape of the master mold 112 (a step of peeling the cured product layer 113 from the mold, a cover film Step of obtaining A, see FIG. 33D).
- Step (1-5) A step of applying the diluted second mask layer material 114 onto the concavo-convex structure of the cured product layer 113 (see FIG. 33E).
- the first film composed of the cover film A composed of the support base 110 and the cured product layer 113 and the second mask layer 12 is formed.
- a laminate I is obtained.
- the dilution solvent is an aqueous solvent such as alcohol, ether, or ketone.
- the opening ratio of the cover film A is 45% or more, preferably 55% or more, and most preferably 65% or more.
- the contact angle CA with respect to water of the concavo-convex structure surface of the cover film A is CA ⁇ 80 °, preferably CA ⁇ 90 °, more preferably CA ⁇ 95 °, and (4) Es / of the cover film A
- the value of Eb is 1 ⁇ Es / Eb ⁇ 30000.
- the master mold 112 is shown as a flat plate, but is preferably a cylindrical roll.
- the first laminate I can be manufactured in a continuous process. That is, the first laminate I can be produced as a long film, for example, a molded product having a width of 300 mm and a length of 200 m and a width of 500 mm and a length of 500 m.
- FIG. 34 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing each step of the method for producing a fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment. 34.
- a cover film B is produced as shown in FIG. 34, and the steps (1-4) and subsequent steps may be performed using this cover film B. Good.
- a step of obtaining a cured product layer 117 (a step of photocuring a resin, see FIG. 34C).
- Coating methods in the steps (1-1) and (2-1) include a roller coating method, a gravure coating method, a bar coating method, a die coating method, a spray coating method, an air knife coating method, a flow coating method, and a curtain coating method. Etc.
- Step (1-6) may be followed by a step of covering (matching) and winding the cover film. Further, light irradiation may be performed after the step (1-6) to partially photopolymerize the curable site contained in the second mask layer 12.
- the step (1-6) serves not only for solvent drying but also for condensation of the sol-gel material. Moreover, when the sol-gel material is included in the second mask layer 12, a step of curing after winding may be added. Curing is preferably performed between room temperature and 120 ° C. In particular, room temperature to 105 ° C. is preferable.
- the uneven structure of the cover film A produced in steps (1-1) to (1-4) may include a coating improving structure.
- the coating improvement structure is disposed so as to sandwich a basic structure for producing a desired mask, and the pitch of the coating improvement structure is preferably larger than the basic structure.
- the pitch in the coating improving structure gradually increases from the basic structure side to the film edge.
- FIG. 35 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a pillar-shaped concavo-convex structure in the fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment.
- the length of the longest line segment (lx) on the surface forming the top of one protrusion 11b is submicron scale. Since the second mask layer material is efficiently filled into the recess 11a so as to reduce the energy of the system, lcv, which will be described later, can be reduced.
- the length of the longest line segment is preferably 500 nm or less because the above effect can be further exhibited, more preferably 300 nm or less, and most preferably 150 nm or less.
- the surface which forms the top part of one convex part 11b means the surface where the surface which passes the top part position of each convex part 11b, and the top part of one convex part 11b cross.
- the convex part 11b has a structure in which the area of the bottom part is larger than the area of the top part, that is, the convex part 11b has a slope. Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 35B, it is preferable that the top portion of the convex portion 11b and the inclined portion are continuously and smoothly connected, because the above effect can be further exhibited.
- FIG. 36 is a top view showing a hole-shaped concavo-convex structure in the fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment.
- the concavo-convex structure 11 of the first laminate I has a hole shape, in one hole (A) and the hole (B) closest to the hole (A), the opening flange of the hole (A) and the hole (B ), The length of the shortest line segment (ly) connecting the opening ridges is submicron scale, so that the second mask layer material applied by dilution can efficiently reduce the energy of the system. As a result of filling the recess 11a, lcv described later can be reduced, which is preferable.
- the length of the shortest line segment is 500 nm or less because the above effect can be further exhibited, more preferably 400 nm or less, and most preferably 300 nm or less.
- the length of the shortest line segment is preferably 150 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, and most preferably 0 nm.
- the length of the shortest line segment of 0 nm means a state in which part of the opening flange portion of the hole (A) and the hole (B) overlaps.
- both the pitch P and the pitch S are preferably not more than 1200 nm, more preferably not more than 800 nm, and most preferably not more than 500 nm in order to further exhibit the above effects.
- the pitch is preferably 200 nm or more.
- the virtual droplet means a droplet of the second mask layer 12 that is assumed to exist inside the concave portion 11a of the concavo-convex structure 11. Furthermore, when the aperture ratio is 65% or more, in addition to the above-described effect, a potential from the top of the convex portion 11b of the concavo-convex structure 11 toward the inside of the concave portion 11a works, and after the droplet is filled into the concave portion 11a, the convexity is raised. And the movement of the droplets of the second mask layer 12 is more preferable. Moreover, in order to exhibit the said effect much more, 70% or more of aperture ratio is desirable. More preferably, the aperture ratio is 75% or more, and more preferably 80% or more.
- the area of the hole opening is larger than the area of the bottom of the hole because the above-described effect can be further exhibited. Furthermore, it is preferable that the opening ridge and the side surface of the recess 11a are connected continuously and smoothly because the above effect can be further exhibited.
- the inorganic material constituting the second mask layer 12 includes a material whose state changes in the solvent volatilization process after dilution coating, a driving force for reducing the area of the material itself also works, so that it is more effective.
- lcv can be reduced, which is preferable.
- the change in form include an exothermic reaction and a change in which the viscosity increases.
- a sol-gel material when included, it reacts with water vapor in the air during the solvent volatilization process, and the sol-gel material undergoes polycondensation.
- FIG. 37 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing each step of the method for producing a fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment. Subsequent to the above steps (1-1) to (1-6), the step (1-7) and the step (1-8) are performed, whereby the second stacked body II can be manufactured. In addition, it is preferable to perform the following processes by roll-to-roll.
- Step (1-7) A step of applying the diluted first mask layer material 120 on the first laminate I (the laminate comprising the cover film B / the second mask layer 12) (see FIG. 37A).
- Step (1-8) A step of drying and removing the solvent to form the first mask layer 13 to obtain the second stacked body II (see FIG. 37B).
- the cover film B composed of the support base 110 and the cured product layer 113, the second mask layer 12, and the first mask layer 13 , 2nd laminated body II comprised by these is obtained.
- Examples of the coating method in the step (1-7) include a roller coating method, a bar coating method, a die coating method, a spray coating method, an air knife coating method, a flow coating method, a curtain coating method, and a gravure coating method.
- the first mask layer material may be used after being diluted with a solvent, and then subjected to a drying step. Further, after the step (1-8), a step of covering (matching) and winding the cover film may be added.
- the interface shape between the second mask layer 12 and the first mask layer 13 may be flat or curved.
- the curved shape includes a shape in which the second mask layer 12 bulges toward the first mask layer 13 and a shape in which the first mask layer 13 protrudes toward the second mask layer 12. Examples include bulging shapes.
- one convex bulge from the first mask layer 13 side to the second mask layer 12 side and two convex bulges from the second mask layer 12 side to the first mask layer 13 side are provided. And the like.
- the fine mask pattern 16a having a high aspect ratio can be formed on the object 20 to be processed.
- the fine pattern 22 can be formed on the surface of the workpiece 20.
- the manufacturing method of the intermediate 21, the fine mask structure 16, and the fine pattern 22 using the second stacked body II is as already described including the first to fifth embodiments.
- the fine pattern forming film is provided so as to cover the cover film provided with the nanoscale uneven structure, the second mask layer provided inside the concave portion of the uneven structure, and the uneven structure and the second mask layer. And a first mask layer.
- FIG. 38 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a fine pattern forming film according to the present embodiment.
- a second mask layer 1103 is provided inside a concave portion of the concave-convex structure 1102 of the cover film 1101 in which a nanoscale concave-convex structure 1102 is formed on one main surface, and the second mask layer 1103 is provided.
- the fine pattern forming film 1100 described below can be used.
- the correspondence relationship with the fine pattern forming film 101 described above is as follows.
- the surface bonded to the object 104 to be processed by the rotating body 102 is the surface of the first mask layer 1104. Further, what is peeled off at the peeling portion 206 is a cover film 1110 having a concavo-convex structure 1102, and the concavo-convex structure including the first mask layer 1104 and the second mask layer 1103 is transferred onto the object to be processed 104. .
- the nanoscale uneven structure 1102 included in the cover film 1101 has a single (for example, line-shaped) or a plurality of (for example, dot-shaped) convex portions 1102a extending in a specific direction along a direction orthogonal to the specific direction. Are provided at a predetermined nanoscale interval from each other.
- the convex portion 1102 a protrudes in a direction perpendicular to the main surface of the concavo-convex structure 1102 in a cross-sectional view along the thickness direction of the fine pattern forming film 1100 (when viewed in a cross section perpendicular to the orthogonal direction).
- a concave portion 1102b is formed between the convex portions 1102a.
- the projections 1102a and the depressions 1102b constitute a concavo-convex structure 1102.
- the shape of the concavo-convex structure 1102 in the fine pattern forming film 1100 is not particularly limited, but a line-and-space structure in which a plurality of fence-like bodies are arranged, a dot structure in which a plurality of dot (convex portion, protrusion) -like structures are arranged, a plurality And a hole structure in which the hole (concave) -like structures are arranged.
- Examples of the dot structure and the hole structure include a cone, a cylinder, a quadrangular pyramid, a quadrangular prism, a double ring shape, and a multiple ring shape.
- the concavo-convex structure 1102 is preferably a hole shape.
- the hole shape means that the second mask layer 1103 is applied directly on the concavo-convex structure surface of the concavo-convex structure 1102 and the durability of the concavo-convex structure 1102 (resistance to physical destruction). From the viewpoint, it is preferable.
- the “pillar shape” is a “shape in which a plurality of columnar bodies (conical states) are arranged”
- the “hole shape” is a “shape in which a plurality of columnar (conical) holes are formed”. is there.
- the distance between the convex portions 1102 a is preferably 50 nm to 5000 nm, and the height of the convex portion 1102 a is preferably 10 nm to 2000 nm.
- the adjacent distance between the convex portions 1102a (the interval between the vertices of the convex portion 1102a) is small, and the height of the convex portion 1102a (the height from the bottom of the concave portion 1102b to the vertex of the convex portion 1102a) is large. It is preferable.
- the convex portion 1102a refers to a portion higher than the average height of the concavo-convex structure 1102
- the concave portion 1102b refers to a portion lower than the average height of the concavo-convex structure 1102.
- convex portions 1102a are arranged at a pitch P in the first direction D1 with respect to the first direction D1 and the second direction D2 orthogonal to each other in the plane, and the second direction
- the convex portions 1102a are arranged at a pitch S in the direction D2, and the regularity of the phase difference ⁇ in the first direction D1 of the convex portions 1102a (or concave portions 1102b) forming a row in the second direction D2 is low.
- An array having both periodicity and aperiodicity may be used. Since the pitch P and the pitch S can be appropriately designed according to the intended use, the pitch P and the pitch S may be equal and the regularity of the phase difference ⁇ may be high.
- the convex portion 1102a (or the concave portion 1102b) is depicted in an independent state without overlapping, but the convex portion 1102a arranged in at least one of the first direction D1 and the second direction D2. (Or the recess 1102b) may overlap.
- the phase difference ⁇ is a distance of a line segment (second direction D2) passing through the center of the convex portion 11b that is closest to each other in the adjacent row (first direction D1). More specifically, for example, as shown in FIG.
- a sapphire substrate, GaN substrate, or Si substrate of an LED when processing the surface of a sapphire substrate, GaN substrate, or Si substrate of an LED, a sapphire substrate, GaN substrate, or Si substrate is selected as the object to be processed 20 (see FIG. 3A), and the concavo-convex structure shape of the concavo-convex structure 1102 Is preferably in the form of a hole having a pitch of 50 nm to 1000 nm, a height of 50 nm to 1000 nm, a regular arrangement on the nanoscale, and a large microscale periodicity.
- the concavo-convex structure 1102 has a hole shape, in one hole (A) and the hole (B) closest to the hole (A), the opening flange of the hole (A) and the opening flange of the hole (B) It is preferable that the length of the shortest line segment connecting the sub-micron is sub-micron scale because the arrangement accuracy of the second mask layer 1103 is improved. In particular, it is preferable that the length of the shortest line segment is 500 nm or less because the above effect can be further exhibited, more preferably 400 nm or less, and most preferably 300 nm or less.
- the length of the shortest line segment is preferably 150 nm or less, more preferably 100 nm or less, and most preferably 0 nm.
- the length of the shortest line segment of 0 nm means a state in which part of the opening flange portion of the hole (A) and the hole (B) overlaps.
- the concave-convex structure 1102 preferably has an aperture ratio of 45% or more, and the aperture ratio is 50% or more.
- the aperture ratio is 55% or more, and more preferably, the aperture ratio is 65% or more.
- the aperture ratio is desirably 70% or more. More preferably, the aperture ratio is 75% or more, and more preferably 80% or more.
- the area of the hole opening is larger than the area of the bottom of the hole because the above-described effect can be further exhibited. Furthermore, it is preferable that the opening rod and the side surface of the recess are continuously and smoothly connected, because the above effect can be further exhibited.
- the ratio of the area of the concave portion (Sh) included under the unit area (Sc) on the concavo-convex structure 1102 is the aperture ratio.
- the concavo-convex structure 1102 in which cylindrical recesses having an opening diameter ( ⁇ ) of 430 nm, a pitch in the x-axis direction of 398 nm, a pitch in the y-axis direction of 460 nm, and a height (h) of 460 nm are arranged in a hexagonal close-packed array.
- Sh / Sc is 0.79 (79%).
- a concavo-convex structure in which, for example, cylindrical concave portions having an opening diameter ( ⁇ ) of 180 nm, a pitch in the x-axis direction of 173 nm, a pitch in the y-axis direction of 200 nm, and a height (h) of 200 nm are arranged in a hexagonal close-packed array.
- ⁇ opening diameter
- h height
- the aspect ratio indicated by the ratio (h / ⁇ ) between the height or depth (h) of the concavo-convex structure 1102 and the concave opening width or convex bottom diameter ( ⁇ ) is 0.1 or more and 3.0 or less.
- the range of is preferable.
- the aspect ratio is preferably in the range of 0.1 or more, more preferably 0.5 or more, from the viewpoint of transfer accuracy.
- the aspect ratio is preferably 2.5 or less from the viewpoint of transfer accuracy of the second mask layer 1103.
- the fine pattern forming film 1100 is provided with an uneven structure 1102 separately on the cover film 1101, but is not particularly limited as long as a nanoscale uneven structure 1102 is provided on one main surface of the cover film 1101. It is also possible to form a concavo-convex structure by processing directly. However, from the viewpoint of continuously and efficiently obtaining an object to be processed having a concavo-convex structure with a thermal nanoimprint apparatus, it is preferable to separately provide a concavo-convex structure 1102 on the cover film 1101. In the following description, when the uneven structure 1102 is separately provided on the cover film 1101, the cover film 1101 is expressed as a support base material.
- the material of the concavo-convex structure 1102 separately provided on the support substrate is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of manufacturing the cover film 1101 having a continuous and homogeneous nanoscale concavo-convex structure 1102, polydimethyl represented by silicone.
- it will not specifically limit if it consists of resin which consists of siloxane (PDMS) or a fluorine-containing resin, or the mold release layer is formed on the uneven structure 1102, It is more preferable to comprise by fluorine-containing resin.
- the fluorine-containing resin is not particularly limited as long as it contains a fluorine element and has a contact angle with water larger than 90 degrees.
- the contact angle with respect to water is more preferably 95 degrees or more, and still more preferably 100 degrees or more.
- It preferably contains a photocurable resin and a photopolymerization initiator.
- it is preferably composed of a photocurable resin, a photopolymerization initiator, and a fluorine-based additive.
- the fluorine-based additive is not particularly limited, and surface modifiers such as abrasion resistance, scratch resistance, fingerprint adhesion prevention, antifouling property, leveling property and water / oil repellency can be used. It is preferable to have a photopolymerizable group therein.
- the supporting base material used for the cover film 1101 is preferably a flexible material, and can be used regardless of thin film inorganic materials such as thin film glass, thin film ceramic, and thin film metal, and organic materials such as plastic.
- the flexible material include polymethyl methacrylate resin, polycarbonate resin, polystyrene resin, cycloolefin resin (COP), cross-linked polyethylene resin, polyvinyl chloride resin, polyacrylate resin, polyphenylene ether resin, and modified polyphenylene ether resin.
- thermoplastic resins such as polyetherimide resin, polyether sulfone resin, polysulfone resin, polyether ketone resin, polyethylene terephthalate (PET) resin, polyethylene naphthalate resin, polyethylene resin, polypropylene resin, polybutylene terephthalate Crystalline thermoplastic resins such as resins, aromatic polyester resins, polyacetal resins, polyamide resins, and ultraviolet (UV) curable resins such as acrylic, epoxy, and urethane resins And thermosetting resins.
- the supporting base material can be configured by combining an ultraviolet curable resin or a thermosetting resin with an inorganic substrate such as glass, the above thermoplastic resin, or a triacetate resin, or using them alone.
- the support substrate is preferably a film (reel shape) in terms of improving the bonding property and continuously processing the object 20 to be processed.
- a chemical bond with the concavo-convex structure 1102 or a physical bond such as permeation on one main surface of the cover film 1101 provided with the concavo-convex structure 1102 May be subjected to easy adhesion coating, primer treatment, corona treatment, plasma treatment, UV / ozone treatment, high energy ray irradiation treatment, surface roughening treatment, porous treatment, and the like.
- fluorine-based additive examples of the fluorine-containing additive having a photopolymerizable group in the same molecule include fluorine-containing urethane (meth) acrylate represented by the following chemical formula (1) as the fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate, and the following chemical formula (1) It is preferable to use the additive shown in (5) because it is possible to satisfy Es / Eb described later.
- urethane (meth) acrylate for example, “OPTOOL DAC (trademark)” manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd. can be used.
- the fluorine concentration (Es) of the surface portion of the concavo-convex structure 1102 is preferably made larger than the average fluorine concentration (Eb) in the resin layer constituting the concavo-convex structure 1102 formed on the cover film 1101.
- the surface of the concavo-convex structure 1102 is excellent in releasability from the first mask layer 1104 because of low free energy, and excellent in releasability capable of repeatedly transferring resin / resin with nanometer concavo-convex shapes.
- the adhesiveness can be improved by keeping the free energy high in the vicinity of the base film.
- the ratio (Es / Eb) between the average fluorine element concentration (Eb) in the resin constituting the concavo-convex structure 1102 and the fluorine element concentration (Es) of the surface portion of the concavo-convex structure 1102 satisfies 1 ⁇ Es / Eb ⁇ 30000. It is more preferable to satisfy the above condition because the above effect is more exhibited. In particular, (Es / Eb) is preferable because the releasability is further improved as the range becomes 3 ⁇ Es / Eb ⁇ 1500 and 10 ⁇ Es / Eb ⁇ 100.
- the fluorine element concentration (Es) on the surface portion of the concavo-convex structure 1102 is Since it becomes sufficiently higher than the average fluorine concentration (Eb) in the concavo-convex structure 1102 and the free energy on the resin surface is effectively reduced, the releasability from the first mask layer resin and the second mask layer 1103 described later. Will improve.
- (Es / Eb) is preferably in the range of 26 ⁇ Es / Eb ⁇ 189 because the free energy on the surface of the concavo-convex structure 1102 can be further lowered and the repetitive transferability is improved. Further, if (Es / Eb) is in the range of 30 ⁇ Es / Eb ⁇ 160, the free energy on the surface of the concavo-convex structure can be reduced and the strength of the resin can be maintained, and the repetitive transferability is further improved. Therefore, 31 ⁇ Es / Eb ⁇ 155 is more preferable. (Es / Eb) is preferably 46 ⁇ Es / Eb ⁇ 155 because the above effect can be further exhibited.
- the surface side region of the concavo-convex structure 1102 is, for example, a portion that has entered approximately 1 to 10% in the thickness direction from the exposed surface of the concavo-convex structure 1102 to the opposite surface side of the cover film 1101, or the thickness direction Means a portion having penetrated 2 nm to 20 nm.
- Es described above can be quantified by the XPS method. Since the penetration length of X-rays in the XPS method is as shallow as several nm, it is suitable for quantifying the Es value.
- (Es / Eb) can also be calculated using energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (TEM-EDX) using a transmission electron microscope.
- Eb described above can be calculated from the charged amount. Or it can measure with a gas chromatograph mass spectrometer (GC / MS).
- GC / MS gas chromatograph mass spectrometer
- the average fluorine element concentration can be identified by physically peeling the concavo-convex structure 1102 and applying it to gas chromatography mass spectrometry.
- the average fluorine element concentration (Eb) in the resin can also be identified by decomposing a section from which the concavo-convex structure 1102 has been physically peeled off by a flask combustion method and subsequently subjecting it to ion chromatography analysis.
- a second mask layer 1103 formed of a material different from the material constituting the concavo-convex structure 1102 is disposed inside the concave portion 1102b of the concavo-convex structure 1102 of the cover film 1101 described above.
- the first mask layer 1104 is provided so as to cover the uneven structure 1102 and the second mask layer 1103.
- the concavo-convex structure is transferred and formed on the object 104 by such a second mask layer 1103
- the concavo-convex structure (the concavo-convex structure constituted by the second mask layer 1103 and the first mask layer 1104) is transferred and formed. )
- the processing accuracy and ease of processing the workpiece 104 is improved.
- the position (S) in FIG. 40 means the position of the top of the convex part 1102a of the concavo-convex structure 1102. Note that when the height of the concavo-convex structure 1102 varies, the position (S) means an in-plane average position of the top position of each convex portion 1102a. The average number is preferably 10 or more.
- the position (Scc) in FIG. 40 is the surface of the second mask layer 1103 formed inside the recess 1102b of the concavo-convex structure 1102 (the interface between the second mask layer 1103 and the first mask layer 1104 shown in FIG. 38). Position).
- the position (Scc) means an in-plane average position of the surface position of the second mask layer 1103a of the recess 1102b. .
- the average number is preferably 10 or more.
- the thickness of the second mask layer 1103 is the thinnest.
- the location be the position (Scc). That is, even when the second mask layer 1103 is partially attached to the inner wall of the recess 1102b, the lowest position of the second mask layer 1103 is set as the position (Scc). Further, when this curved surface forms an upward convex curved surface, the position (Scc) is defined as the place where the thickness of the second mask layer 1103 is the thickest.
- the position (Scv) in FIG. 40 is the top surface position of the second mask layer formed on the top of the convex portion 1102a of the concavo-convex structure 1102 (the second mask layer 1103 and the first mask layer 1104 shown in FIG. 38). Interface position).
- the position (Scv) means an in-plane average position of the top surface position of the second mask layer 1103b on the convex portion 1102a.
- the average number is preferably 10 or more.
- the distance lcc means the distance between the position (S) and the position (Scc). That is, it means a value obtained by subtracting the thickness of the second mask layer 1103a in the recess 1102b from the height h of the uneven structure 1102 of the plurality of protrusions 1102a in the surface of the uneven structure 1102. Therefore, when the position (S) or the position (Scc) varies in the plane, both the average value of the height h of the concavo-convex structure 1102 and the average value of the thickness of the second mask layer 1103a, or either Use either one.
- This distance lcc is within a range satisfying lcc ⁇ 1.0h from the viewpoint of obtaining a high aspect ratio mask pattern (fine mask pattern) 16a by processing the mask pattern after the mask pattern is transferred to the workpiece 20. Preferably there is.
- lcc ⁇ 0.9 h is desirable. More preferably, lcc ⁇ 0.7 h, and still more preferably lcc ⁇ 0.6 h.
- lcc is preferably in a range satisfying 0 ⁇ lcc, and more preferably 0.02h ⁇ lcc. More preferably, 0.05 h ⁇ lcc, and particularly preferably 0.1 h ⁇ lcc.
- the pressing force when the fine pattern forming film 1100 is bonded to the object to be processed can be lowered. Therefore, the pressing step and the energy ray irradiation step Can be performed independently.
- the distance lcv means the distance between the position (S) and the position (Scv). That is, it means the thickness of the second mask layer 1103b in the plane on the convex portion 1102a of the concavo-convex structure 1102. Therefore, when the position (S) or the position (Scv) varies in the plane, the average value of the thicknesses of the second mask layer 1103b is used. From the viewpoint of reducing the width of the second mask layer 1103b by dry etching, lcv is preferably lcv ⁇ 0.05h.
- the second mask layer 1103 / the first mask layer 1104 are formed on the surface of the object to be processed with the concavo-convex structure. Therefore, the second mask having the concavo-convex structure is formed on the object to be processed.
- a layer 1103 and a first mask layer 1104 will be formed.
- the material forming the second mask layer 1103 preferably contains at least one metal element selected from the group consisting of Ti, Si, Zr, and Zn, and includes a molecule having a photopolymerizable group. It is preferable to include a sol-gel material typified by a metal alkoxide. For example, it is preferable to be composed of a metal alkoxide having Ti or Zr as a metal species, a silane coupling material having a photopolymerizable group, a photopolymerization initiator, and the like.
- the distance (lor) between the convex top position (S) of the concavo-convex structure 1102 and the exposed surface of the first mask layer 1104 (or the surface in contact with the protective layer) is equal to the pitch (P) of the concavo-convex structure 1102 and 0 .05 ⁇ lor / P ⁇ 5 is satisfied.
- the pitch is preferably 50 nm to 1000 nm
- the distance between the convex portion top position (S) of the concavo-convex structure 1102 and the exposed surface of the first mask layer 1104 (or the surface in contact with the protective layer). (Lor) is preferably 2.5 nm or more and 5000 nm.
- the thermal nanoimprint apparatus makes it possible to easily bond onto the object 104 even when the distance (lor) is as thin as 5 nm to 1000 nm, and the second mask layer. 1103 and the first mask layer 1104 can be transferred.
- the distance (lor) is preferably 5 nm or more and 1000 nm or less, and 10 nm or more and 800 nm or less. More preferably.
- the bonding property of the fine pattern forming film 1100 of the second mask layer 1103b disposed on the top of the convex portion 1102a of the concave-convex structure 1102 is improved.
- the range is preferably lcv ⁇ lor ⁇ 1500 nm, more preferably lcv + 100 nm ⁇ lor ⁇ 1000 nm, and still more preferably lcv + 150 nm ⁇ lor ⁇ 1000 nm.
- the thickness of the first mask layer 1104 is most preferably in the range of lcv + 200 nm ⁇ lor ⁇ 700 nm.
- the ratio (Vo1 / Vm1) between the etching rate (Vm1) of the second mask layer 1103 and the etching rate (Vo1) of the first mask layer 1104 by dry etching is the second mask layer 1103 as a mask. This affects the processing accuracy when the first mask layer 1104 is etched.
- Vo1 / Vm1> 1 means that the second mask layer 1103 is less likely to be etched than the first mask layer 1104; From the viewpoint of coatability of the second mask layer 1103, it is preferable that Vo1 / Vm1 ⁇ 150, and Vo1 / Vm1 ⁇ 100 is more preferable. From the viewpoint of etching resistance, 3 ⁇ Vo1 / Vm1 is preferable, 10 ⁇ Vo1 / Vm1 is more preferable, and 15 ⁇ Vo1 / Vm1 is still more preferable.
- the thick first mask layer 1104 can be easily finely processed by dry etching using the second mask layer 1103 as a mask. Even if the first mask layer 1104 has a film thickness distribution, the etching rate of the second mask layer 1103 is smaller than the etching rate of the first mask layer 1104. The film thickness distribution 1104 can be absorbed. As a result, a mask pattern (fine mask pattern) 16 a having a high aspect ratio, which includes the second mask layer 1103 and the first mask layer 1104 that have been finely processed by dry etching, can be formed on the target object 20. . By using such a mask with a high aspect ratio (the second mask layer 1103 and the first mask layer 1104), the object to be processed 20 can be easily dry-etched.
- the etching anisotropy in etching the first mask layer 1104 (lateral etching rate (Vo //), the ratio of the vertical etching rate (Vo ⁇ ) (Vo ⁇ / Vo //) is Vo ⁇ / Vo // > 1 is preferable, and larger is more preferable, although it depends on the ratio between the etching rate of the first mask layer 1104 and the etching rate of the object 20 to be processed, Vo ⁇ / Vo // ⁇ 2. It is preferable that Vo ⁇ / Vo // ⁇ 3.5, more preferably VoV / Vo // ⁇ 10, where the vertical direction means the first mask layer.
- the film thickness direction of 1104 is meant, and the lateral direction means the surface direction of the first mask layer 1104.
- the width of the first mask layer 1104 needs to be kept large in order to easily dry-etch the workpiece 20.
- the width (the thickness of the trunk) of the first mask layer 1104 after dry etching can be kept large, which is preferable.
- the ratio (Vo2 / Vi2) between the etching rate (Vi2) of the object to be processed 20 and the etching rate (Vo2) of the first mask layer 1104 by dry etching is preferably as small as possible. If Vo2 / Vi2 ⁇ 1, the etching rate of the first mask layer 1104 is smaller than the etching rate of the workpiece 20, so that the workpiece 20 can be easily processed. From the viewpoint of the coating property of the first mask layer 1104 and the etching accuracy, it is preferable that Vo2 / Vi2 ⁇ 3, and more preferable that Vo2 / Vi2 ⁇ 2.5. If Vo2 / Vi2 ⁇ 2, the first mask layer 1104 can be made thinner, which is more preferable. It is most preferable if Vo2 / Vi2 ⁇ 1.
- the first mask layer 1104 constituting the first mask layer 1104 preferably includes a reactive diluent and a polymerization initiator from the viewpoint of adhesion to the object 104, and in particular, a binder resin and a reactive dilution. More preferably, a material and a polymerization initiator are included. In particular, it is preferable to include at least a binder resin including a site having a benzene skeleton in the side chain, (meth) acrylate, and a photopolymerization initiator.
- the material of the object to be processed 104 can be appropriately selected depending on the application, and is not particularly limited.
- quartz typified by synthetic quartz and fused silica
- non-alkali glass low alkali glass
- glass typified by soda lime glass
- silicon wafer nickel plate
- sapphire diamond
- SiC substrate silicon wafer
- mica substrate semiconductor substrate (nitriding) Physical semiconductor substrate
- ZnO gallium-oxide
- ITO Indium tungsten, silicon oxide, silicon oxide, silicon oxide, silicon wafer, nickel plate, sapphire, diamond, SiC substrate, mica substrate, semiconductor substrate (nitriding) Physical semiconductor substrate
- ZnO silicon oxide
- ITO ITO
- an object to be processed 20 for example, a lens shape, a cylindrical shape, a cylindrical shape, or a spherical shape having an outer shape with a curvature can also be selected.
- nitride semiconductor typified by GaN can also be selected for the purpose of improving the light extraction efficiency.
- a well-known commercially available glass can also be selected in order to provide an antireflection function (transmittance increasing function).
- the shape of the to-be-processed object 20 is flat form or a lens form, it is preferable that it is flat form from a viewpoint of improving the bonding precision and the bonding speed.
- the plate-shaped object include a 2 inch ⁇ sapphire wafer, a 4 inch ⁇ sapphire wafer, and a 6 inch ⁇ sapphire wafer.
- a curable resin composition that is a mixture of a non-fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate, a fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate, and a photopolymerization initiator as a photopolymerizable radical polymerization resin. It is preferable to use a product.
- the curable resin composition when the composition is cured in a state where the composition is in contact with a hydrophobic interface having a low surface free energy, the fluorine element concentration (Es) on the surface of the concavo-convex structure 1102 is determined. ) Can be made larger than the average fluorine element concentration (Eb) in the resin constituting the concavo-convex structure 1102, and further, the average fluorine element concentration (Eb) in the resin can be adjusted to be smaller.
- (A) (Meth) acrylate The (meth) acrylate is not limited as long as it is a polymerizable monomer other than the (B) fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate described later, but a monomer having an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group, a vinyl group. And a monomer having an allyl group are preferred, and a monomer having an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is more preferred. And it is preferable that they are non-fluorine containing monomers.
- (meth) acrylate means an acrylate or a methacrylate.
- the polymerizable monomer is preferably a polyfunctional monomer having a plurality of polymerizable groups, and the number of polymerizable groups is preferably an integer of 1 to 4 because of excellent polymerizability.
- the average number of polymerizable groups is preferably 1 to 3.
- the number of polymerizable groups may be 3 or more in order to increase the crosslinking point after the polymerization reaction and to obtain physical stability (strength, heat resistance, etc.) of the cured product. preferable.
- a monomer having 1 or 2 polymerizable groups it is preferably used in combination with monomers having different polymerizable numbers.
- the (meth) acrylate monomer examples include the following compounds.
- the monomer having an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group include (meth) acrylic acid, aromatic (meth) acrylate [phenoxyethyl acrylate, benzyl acrylate, and the like.
- Hydrocarbon-based (meth) acrylate [stearyl acrylate, lauryl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, allyl acrylate, 1,3-butanediol diacrylate, 1,4-butanediol diacrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di Acrylate, trimethylolpropane triacrylate, pentaaerythritol triacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and the like.
- Hydrocarbon-based (meth) acrylates containing etheric oxygen atoms [ethoxyethyl acrylate, methoxyethyl acrylate, glycidyl acrylate, tetrahydrofurfryl acrylate, diethylene glycol diacrylate, neopentyl glycol diacrylate, polyoxyethylene glycol diacrylate , Tripropylene glycol diacrylate and the like.
- Hydrocarbon-based (meth) acrylates [2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl acrylate, 4-hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, N, N-diethylaminoethyl acrylate, N, N-dimethylaminoethyl acrylate, N-vinyl pyrrolidone, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate, etc. ], Silicone-based acrylates, and the like.
- Others include EO-modified glycerol tri (meth) acrylate, ECH-modified glycerol tri (meth) acrylate, PO-modified glycerol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, EO-modified phosphate triacrylate, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) Acrylate, caprolactone-modified trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, PO-modified trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, tris (acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, EO-modified trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meta) ) Acrylate, caprolactone-modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hydroxypenta (meth) acrylate Alkyl
- Examples of the monomer having an allyl group include p-isopropenylphenol, and examples of the monomer having a vinyl group include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, acrylonitrile, and vinylcarbazole.
- EO modification means ethylene oxide modification
- ECH modification means epichlorohydrin modification
- PO modification means propylene oxide modification.
- the fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate preferably has a polyfluoroalkylene chain and / or perfluoro (polyoxyalkylene) chain and a polymerizable group, and is a linear perfluoroalkylene group.
- a perfluorooxyalkylene group having an etheric oxygen atom inserted between carbon atoms and a carbon atom and having a trifluoromethyl group in the side chain is particularly preferred.
- the polyfluoroalkylene chain is preferably a polyfluoroalkylene group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms.
- the polyfluoroalkylene group may have a functional group.
- the perfluoro (polyoxyalkylene) chain is a group consisting of (CF 2 CF 2 O) units, (CF 2 CF (CF 3 ) O) units, (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O) units and (CF 2 O) units. It is preferably composed of one or more perfluoro (oxyalkylene) units selected from: (CF 2 CF 2 O) units, (CF 2 CF (CF 3 ) O) units, or (CF 2 CF 2 CF 2 O). ) Units.
- the perfluoro (polyoxyalkylene) chain is particularly preferably composed of (CF 2 CF 2 O) units because the physical properties (heat resistance, acid resistance, etc.) of the fluoropolymer are excellent.
- the number of perfluoro (oxyalkylene) units is preferably an integer of 2 to 200, more preferably an integer of 2 to 50, since the release property and hardness of the fluoropolymer are high.
- Examples of the polymerizable group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, an acryloyl group, a methacryloyl group, an epoxy group, a dichitacene group, a cyano group, an isocyanate group, or a formula — (CH 2 ) aSi (M1) 3-b (M2) b.
- a hydrolyzable silyl group is preferable, and an acryloyl group or a methacryloyl group is more preferable.
- M1 is a substituent which is converted into a hydroxyl group by a hydrolysis reaction. Examples of such a substituent include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group.
- M2 is a monovalent hydrocarbon group. Examples of M2 include an alkyl group, an alkyl group substituted with one or more aryl groups, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, and an alkyl group or an alkenyl group is preferable.
- M2 is an alkyl group
- an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
- M2 is an alkenyl group
- an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and a vinyl group or an allyl group is more preferable.
- a is an integer of 1 to 3, and 3 is preferable.
- b is 0 or an integer of 1 to 3, and 0 is preferable.
- hydrolyzable silyl groups include (CH 3 O) 3 SiCH 2 —, (CH 3 CH 2 O) 3 SiCH 2 —, (CH 3 O) 3 Si (CH 2 ) 3 — or (CH 3 CH 2 O ) 3 Si (CH 2 ) 3 — is preferred.
- the number of polymerizable groups is preferably an integer of 1 to 4 and more preferably an integer of 1 to 3 because of excellent polymerizability. When two or more compounds are used, the average number of polymerizable groups is preferably 1 to 3.
- Fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate has excellent adhesion to a transparent substrate when it has a functional group.
- the functional group include a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a functional group having an ester bond, a functional group having an amide bond, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, a urethane group, an isocyanate group, and a functional group having an isocyanuric acid derivative. It is done.
- it preferably contains at least one functional group of a functional group having a carboxyl group, a urethane group, or an isocyanuric acid derivative.
- the isocyanuric acid derivatives include those having an isocyanuric acid skeleton and a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to the nitrogen atom is substituted with another group.
- fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate fluoro (meth) acrylate, fluorodiene, or the like can be used.
- Specific examples of the fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate include the following compounds.
- fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate used in the present invention is the fluorine-containing urethane (meth) acrylate represented by the chemical formula (1)
- the effect is obtained in a state where the average fluorine element concentration (Eb) in the resin is lowered.
- the fluorine element concentration (Es) on the surface of the concavo-convex structure can be increased, and the adhesion to the object to be processed and the releasability can be expressed more effectively, which is more preferable.
- urethane (meth) acrylate for example, “OPTOOL DAC” manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd. can be used.
- a fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. Further, it can be used in combination with surface modifiers such as abrasion resistance, scratch resistance, fingerprint adhesion prevention, antifouling property, leveling property and water / oil repellency. For example, “Factent” manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd.
- the fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate preferably has a molecular weight Mw of 50 to 50000, preferably a molecular weight Mw of 50 to 5000, and more preferably a molecular weight Mw of 100 to 5000 from the viewpoint of compatibility.
- a diluting solvent may be used.
- a solvent having a boiling point of a single solvent of 40 ° C. to 180 ° C. is preferable, 60 ° C. to 180 ° C. is more preferable, and 60 ° C. to 140 ° C. is still more preferable.
- Two or more kinds of diluents may be used.
- the solvent content may be at least an amount that can be dispersed in the curable resin composition, and is preferably more than 0 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the curable composition. Considering that the residual solvent amount after drying is removed as much as possible, the solvent content is more preferably more than 0 to 10 parts by weight.
- the solvent content is preferably 0.1 parts by weight or more and 40 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of (meth) acrylate. If the solvent content is 0.5 to 20 parts by weight, the curability of the photopolymerizable mixture can be maintained, and more preferably 1 to 15 parts by weight.
- the solvent is contained in order to reduce the film thickness of the photopolymerizable mixture, if the solvent content is 300 parts by weight or more and 10000 parts by weight or less with respect to 100 parts by weight of (meth) acrylate, drying after coating is performed. Since the solution stability in a process can be maintained, it is preferable and it is more preferable if it is 300 to 1000 weight part.
- photopolymerization initiator causes a radical reaction or an ionic reaction by light, and a photopolymerization initiator that causes a radical reaction is preferable.
- examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the following photopolymerization initiators.
- Acetophenone-based photopolymerization initiators acetophenone, p-tert-butyltrichloroacetophenone, chloroacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, hydroxyacetophenone, 2,2-dimethoxy-2′-phenylacetophenone, 2-aminoacetophenone, dialkyl Aminoacetophenone and the like.
- Benzoin-based photopolymerization initiators benzyl, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-2-methyl Propan-1-one, 1- (4-isopropylphenyl) -2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, benzyldimethyl ketal and the like.
- Benzophenone-based photopolymerization initiators benzophenone, benzoylbenzoic acid, methyl benzoylbenzoate, methyl-o-benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, hydroxybenzophenone, hydroxypropylbenzophenone, acrylic benzophenone, 4,4'-bis (dimethylamino) ) Benzophenone, perfluorobenzophenone, etc.
- Thioxanthone photopolymerization initiators thioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, diethylthioxanthone, dimethylthioxanthone, and the like.
- Anthraquinone photopolymerization initiators 2-methylanthraquinone, 2-ethylanthraquinone, 2-tert-butylanthraquinone, 1-chloroanthraquinone, 2-amylanthraquinone.
- Ketal photopolymerization initiators acetophenone dimethyl ketal and benzyl dimethyl ketal.
- photopolymerization initiators ⁇ -acyl oxime ester, benzyl- (o-ethoxycarbonyl) - ⁇ -monooxime, acyl phosphine oxide, glyoxy ester, 3-ketocoumarin, 2-ethylanthraquinone, camphorquinone, tetramethylthiuram Sulfide, azobisisobutyronitrile, benzoyl peroxide, dialkyl peroxide, tert-butyl peroxypivalate, and the like.
- Photopolymerization initiators having fluorine atoms Known and commonly used photopolymerization initiators such as perfluorotert-butyl peroxide and perfluorobenzoyl peroxide can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the photopolymerizable mixture may contain a photosensitizer.
- a photosensitizer include n-butylamine, di-n-butylamine, tri-n-butylphosphine, allylthiourea, s-benzisothiuronium-p-toluenesulfinate, triethylamine, diethylaminoethyl methacrylate.
- Examples of commercially available initiators include “Irgacure (registered trademark)” manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd. (for example, Irgacure 651, 184, 500, 2959, 127, 754, 907, 369, 379, 379EG, 819, 1800, 784, O26E01, O26E02), “Darocur (registered trademark)” (for example, Darocur 1173, MBF, TPO, 4265) and the like.
- Irgacure (registered trademark) manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.
- “Darocur (registered trademark)” for example, Darocur 1173, MBF, TPO, 4265
- the photopolymerization initiator may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used in combination, it may be selected from the viewpoints of dispersibility of the fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate, the surface of the concavo-convex structure of the photopolymerizable mixture, and internal curability. For example, the combined use of an ⁇ -hydroxyketone photopolymerization initiator and an ⁇ -aminoketone photopolymerization initiator can be mentioned.
- Irgacure manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd., “Irgacure” and “Darocur”, Darocur 1173 and Irgacure 819, Irgacure 379 and Irgacure 127, Irgacure 819 and 1250 And Irgacure 127, Irgacure 184 and Irgacure 369, Irgacure 184 and Irgacure 379EG, Irgacure 184 and Irgacure 907, Irgacure 127 and Irgacure 379EG, Irgacure 819 and Irgacure 819
- the second mask layer 1103 is formed of a photopolymerizable group and a heat-polymerizable group from the viewpoint of transfer accuracy when the mask is transferred to the target object 20 on which the mask is to be formed using the fine pattern forming film 1100. It is particularly preferred that both or any one of polymerizable polymerizable groups is contained.
- the second mask layer 1103 preferably contains a metal element from the viewpoint of dry etching resistance. Further, the second mask layer 1103 is preferable because it contains metal oxide fine particles, so that processing when the object to be processed 20 is dry-etched becomes easier.
- the diluting solvent is not particularly limited, but a solvent having a single solvent boiling point of 40 ° C to 200 ° C is preferable, 60 ° C to 180 ° C is more preferable, and 60 ° C to 160 ° C is still more preferable. Two or more kinds of diluents may be used.
- the concentration of the inorganic material diluted with the solvent is equal to or less than the volume of the voids (recesses 1102b) of the concavo-convex structure 1102 where the solid content of the coating film applied on the unit area exists on the unit area (or lower unit area). If it is the density
- Examples of the photopolymerizable group contained in the second mask layer 1103 include acryloyl group, methacryloyl group, acryloxy group, methacryloxy group, acrylic group, methacryl group, vinyl group, epoxy group, allyl group, oxetanyl group and the like.
- titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), chromium (Cr), zinc (Zn), tin (Sn), boron (B), indium (In) Preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of aluminum (Al) and silicon (Si).
- titanium (Ti), zirconium (Zr), chromium (Cr), and silicon (Si) are preferable.
- the material forming the second mask layer 1103 preferably contains a sol-gel material.
- a sol-gel material By including the sol-gel material, not only the filling of the second mask layer 1103 with good dry etching resistance into the concavo-convex structure 1102 (recess 1102b) is facilitated, but also the first mask layer 1104 is dried.
- the longitudinal direction of the dry etching rate (Vr ⁇ ), the ratio of the lateral dry etching rate (Vr //) (Vr ⁇ / Vr //) can be increased.
- the sol-gel material only a metal alkoxide having a single metal species may be used, or a metal alkoxide having a different metal species may be used in combination, but the metal species M1 (where M1 is Ti, Zr, Zn, It is preferable to contain at least two types of metal alkoxides, ie, a metal alkoxide having at least one metal element selected from the group consisting of Sn, B, In, and Al) and a metal alkoxide having the metal species Si.
- hybrids of these sol-gel materials and known photopolymerizable resins can also be used as inorganic materials.
- the inorganic material has a small phase separation after curing by either or both of condensation and photopolymerization from the viewpoint of suppressing physical destruction during dry etching.
- the phase separation can be confirmed by the contrast of a transmission electron microscope (TEM).
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- the phase separation size is preferably 20 nm or less from the contrast of TEM.
- the phase separation size is preferably 15 nm or less, and more preferably 10 nm or less.
- the sol-gel material preferably contains a silane coupling agent having a photopolymerizable group.
- the sol-gel material preferably contains at least two types of metal alkoxides having different metal types.
- metal species of two types of metal alkoxides having different metal species include Si and Ti, Si and Zr, and Si and Ta.
- the ratio CM1 / CSi between the molar concentration (CSi) of the metal alkoxide having Si as a metal species and the metal alkoxide (CM1) having a metal species M1 other than Si is 0.2-15. It is preferable that From the viewpoint of stability during coating and drying, CM1 / CSi is preferably 0.5 to 15. From the viewpoint of physical strength, CM1 / CSi is more preferably 5-8.
- the second mask layer 1103 is preferably a hybrid including an inorganic segment and an organic segment from the viewpoint of transfer accuracy and dry etching resistance of the second mask layer 1103.
- Hybrids include, for example, a combination of inorganic fine particles and a resin that can be photopolymerized (or thermally polymerized), a resin that can be photopolymerized (or thermally polymerized) with an inorganic precursor, or an organic polymer and an inorganic segment. Molecules bound to each other.
- the sol-gel material is used as the inorganic precursor, it means that a photopolymerizable resin is included in addition to the sol-gel material containing the silane coupling agent.
- a metal alkoxide, a silane coupling material having a photopolymerizable group, a radical polymerization resin, and the like can be mixed.
- silicone may be added thereto.
- the sol-gel material portion may be pre-condensed in advance.
- the mixing ratio of the metal alkoxide containing the silane coupling agent and the photopolymerizable resin is preferably in the range of 3: 7 to 7: 3 from the viewpoint of dry etching resistance and transfer accuracy. More preferably, it is in the range of 3.5: 6.5 to 6.5: 3.5.
- the resin used for the hybrid is not particularly limited as long as it can be photopolymerized, whether it is a radical polymerization system or a cationic polymerization system.
- fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate was removed from the photopolymerizable radical polymerization resin constituting the concavo-convex structure listed above. It is preferable to use one.
- the photopolymerizable cationic polymerization resin constituting the second mask layer 1103 means a composition containing at least a cationic curable monomer and a photoacid generator.
- the cation curable monomer in the cation curable resin composition is a compound from which a cured product can be obtained by performing a curing treatment such as UV irradiation or heating in the presence of a cationic polymerization initiator.
- the cationic curable monomer include an epoxy compound, an oxetane compound, and a vinyl ether compound.
- the epoxy compound include an alicyclic epoxy compound and glycidyl ether.
- the alicyclic epoxy compound has an improved polymerization initiation rate, and the oxetane compound has an effect of improving the polymerization rate. Therefore, the alicyclic epoxy compound is preferably used, and glycidyl ether reduces the viscosity of the cationic curable resin composition. It is preferable to use it because it is effective in coating properties. More preferably, the alicyclic epoxy compound and the oxetane compound are used in combination, and more preferably, the weight ratio of the alicyclic epoxy compound and the oxetane compound is used in a range of 99: 1 to 51:49. is there.
- cationic curable monomer examples include the following.
- examples of the alicyclic epoxy compound include 3 ′, 4′-epoxycyclohexanecarboxylic acid-3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl, 3 ′, 4′-epoxy-6′-methylcyclohexanecarboxylic acid-3,4-epoxy.
- -6'-cyclohexylmethyl vinylcyclohexene monooxide 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyltrimethoxysilane.
- Examples of the glycidyl ether include bisphenol A glycidyl ether, bisphenol F glycidyl ether, hydrogenated bisphenol A glycidyl ether, hydrogenated bisphenol F glycidyl ether, 1,4-butanediol glycidyl ether, 1,6-hexanediol glycidyl ether, Examples include methylolpropane triglycidyl ether, glycidyl methacrylate, 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylethyldiethoxysilane, and 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane.
- oxetane compound examples include 3-ethyl-3- (phenoxymethyl) oxetane, di [1-ethyl (3-oxetanyl)] methyl ether, 3-ethyl-3allyloxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3- ( 2-ethylhexyloxymethyl) oxetane, 3-ethyl-3- ⁇ [3- (triethoxysilyl) propoxy] methyl ⁇ oxetane, and the like.
- vinyl ether examples include 2-hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, diethylene glycol monovinyl ether, 2-hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, 4-hydroxybutyl vinyl ether, triethylene glycol divinyl ether, cyclohexane dimethanol divinyl ether, 1,4-butanediol divinyl ether, and the like. .
- the photoacid generator is not particularly limited as long as it generates photoacid by light irradiation.
- aromatic onium salts such as sulfonium salts and iodonium salts.
- the photoacid generator include sulfonium hexafluoroantimonate, benzyltriphenylphosphonium hexafluorophosphate, benzylpyridinium hexafluorophosphate, diphenyliodonium hexafluorophosphate, triphenylsulfonium hexafluorophosphate, benzoin tosylate, adekatopomer sp -170 (Adeka), Adekaoptomer sp-172 (ADEKA), WPAG-145 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries), WPAG-170 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries), WPAG-199 (Wako Pure) Yakuhin Kogyo Co., Ltd.), WPAG-281 (Wako Pure
- a surfactant or a leveling material may be added to the inorganic material.
- the additive concentration is preferably 40 parts by weight or more and more preferably 60 parts by weight or more with respect to 100 parts by weight of the inorganic material from the viewpoint of coatability.
- it is preferably 500 parts by weight or less, more preferably 300 parts by weight or less, and even more preferably 150 parts by weight or less.
- the concentration of these added is 20 wt. Part or less, preferably 15 parts by weight or less, more preferably 10 parts by weight or less.
- these surfactants and leveling materials preferably contain at least one functional group of a functional group having a carboxyl group, a urethane group, or an isocyanuric acid derivative from the viewpoint of compatibility.
- the isocyanuric acid derivatives include those having an isocyanuric acid skeleton and a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom bonded to the nitrogen atom is substituted with another group. As an example that satisfies these conditions, there is an OPTOOL DAC manufactured by Daikin Industries, Ltd.
- the additive is preferably mixed with the mask agent in a state dissolved in a solvent.
- First mask layer After the fine pattern forming film 1100 is bonded and bonded to the object 20 to be processed through the first mask layer 1104, the first mask layer 1104 is cured, and then the cover film is peeled off. By doing so, the second mask layer 1103 can be easily transferred onto the object 20 to be processed.
- the first mask layer 1104 used when the fine pattern forming film 1 is used and the first mask layer 1104 of the fine pattern forming film satisfy the same characteristics and are made of the same material.
- the first mask layer 1104 is not particularly limited as long as the selection ratio described above is satisfied. In particular, it is preferable to cure by irradiation with energy rays.
- a photopolymerizable radical polymerization resin constituting the concavo-convex structure listed above is obtained by removing fluorine-containing (meth) acrylate, or the second listed above.
- a photopolymerizable cationic polymerization resin constituting the mask layer 1103, other known commercially available photopolymerizable or thermopolymerizable resins, or partially cross-linked and thermocompression-bondable resins may be used. it can.
- the second mask layer 1103 and the first mask layer 1104 are chemically bonded. Therefore, when the second mask layer 1103 includes a photopolymerizable group, the first mask layer 1104 also includes a photopolymerizable group, and when the second mask layer 1103 includes a thermopolymerizable group, The mask layer 1104 also preferably includes a thermally polymerizable group.
- the first mask layer 1104 may include a sol-gel material in order to generate a chemical bond by condensation with the sol-gel material in the second mask layer 1103. As the photopolymerization method, there are a radical system and a cation system.
- radical polymerization resin and the cationic polymerization resin are mixed at a weight ratio of 3: 7 to 7: 3, and is 3.5: 6.5 to 6.5: 3.5. And more preferable.
- the glass transition temperature Tg of the first mask layer 1104 after curing is preferably 30 ° C. to 300 ° C., More preferably, the temperature is from 600 ° C to 250 ° C.
- the shrinkage rate of the first mask layer 1104 by the specific gravity method is 5 % Or less is preferable.
- thermocompression-bonded a resin that can be crimped at 200 ° C. or lower is preferable, and a resin that can be pressed at 150 ° C. or lower is more preferable.
- a thermocompression-bondable resin is stacked over the concavo-convex structure 1102 and the second mask layer 1103 to form a stacked body including the concavo-convex structure 1102, the second mask layer 1103, and the first mask layer 1104. It is done.
- the resin that can be thermocompression bonded it is more preferable to include a photosensitive resin from the viewpoint of adhesiveness to the second mask layer 1103.
- the binder polymer preferably contains a binder polymer, a photopolymerizable monomer, and a photopolymerizable initiator.
- the ratio of the binder polymer to the photopolymerizable monomer is preferably 9: 1 to 1: 9, more preferably 7: 3 to 3: 7, and most preferably 6: 4 to 4. : 6.
- a binder polymer contains the site
- the present invention has a good film thickness distribution of the first mask layer when the concavo-convex structure formed on the surface of the cover film is transferred to the object to be processed through the first mask layer.
- it has the effect of providing a thermal nanoimprinting device that can improve transfer accuracy, efficiently transfer, and does not require excessive equipment. It is useful for the concavo-convex structure processing technology in the manufacture of a base material for light source, a light extraction efficiency and a base material for improving internal quantum efficiency.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Toxicology (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Shaping Of Tube Ends By Bending Or Straightening (AREA)
- Exposure Of Semiconductors, Excluding Electron Or Ion Beam Exposure (AREA)
- Laminated Bodies (AREA)
- Drying Of Semiconductors (AREA)
Abstract
Description
まず、本実施の形態に係る微細パタン形成用フィルムの概要について説明する。
本発明の熱ナノインプリント方法又は熱ナノインプリント装置を使用した熱ナノインプリント方法においては、以下に説明する微細パタン形成用フィルムを使用する。これにより、低温且つ低圧での熱ナノインプリントを精度高く実施することができる。
次に、微細パタン形成用フィルムを使用する各工程について説明する。被処理体20上に微細パタン22を形成する方法は、マスクパタン転写工程とエッチング工程とに分けられる。
押圧工程において、図5Aに示すように、第2の積層体IIを第1のマスク層13を介して被処理体20に対して押圧して、第2の積層体II及び被処理体20を貼り合わせて接着し、第3の積層体IIIを得る。このとき、第2の積層体II及び被処理体20は、加熱しながら押圧されることにより密着される。第2の積層体IIに関しては、被処理体20と第1のマスク層13との接着を目的として行う。
図6は、本実施の形態に係る微細パタン形成用フィルムに弾性体を設けた例を示す模式断面図である。図6に示すように、第1のマスク層13と被処理体20とを、カバーフィルム10の凹凸構造11に起因する膜厚ムラなく貼合するために、第2の積層体IIにおけるカバーフィルム10側(図6A参照)、又は被処理体20側(図6B参照)のいずれかに弾性体50を設けてもよい。弾性体50を設けることにより、被処理体20の表面の凹凸及びうねりに第2の積層体IIがならう結果、膜厚ムラのない貼合が可能となる。なお、弾性体50は、図6Cに示すように、第2の積層体IIにおけるカバーフィルム10側及び被処理体20側の両方に設けてもよい。
弾性体50としては、ガラス転移温度Tgが100度以下である弾性体であることが好ましく、公知市販のゴム板や樹脂板、フィルム等を使用することができるが、特に、60℃以下であることで、弾性変形の程度が大きくなることから、押圧が効果的となり、より低温且つ低圧にて精度高く熱ナノインプリントをおこなうことができる。最も好ましくは、同様の観点から30度以下である。更に、該ガラス転移温度が30度以下であることで、本実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置の貼合部の後で説明する線幅を満たすことが容易となると共に、熱ナノインプリントの熱分布及び押圧力分布をより良好にできるため好ましい。同様の観点から、該ガラス転移温度は、0℃以下であることが好ましく、-20℃以下であることが最も好ましい。このような低Tg弾性体としては、例えば、シリコーンゴム、ニトリルゴム、フッ素ゴム、ポリイソプレン(天然ゴム)、ポリブタジエン、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ナイロン6、ナイロン66、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリフッ化ビニリデン、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、及びポリスチレンが挙げられる。ヤング率(縦弾性率)は、1Mpa以上100Mpa以下であると、第1のマスク層13の膜厚を小さく、且つ、均質にできるため好ましく、4Mpa以上50Mpa以下であるとより好ましい。また、同様の効果から、弾性体50の厚さは、0.5mm以上10cm以下であると好ましく、1mm以上8cm以上がより好ましく、最も好ましくは5mm以上10cm以下である。
貼合時の環境雰囲気の巻き込みは、第2のマスク層12及び第1のマスク層13の被処理体20に転写付与される割合(転写率)を減少させる。このため、被処理体20の用途に応じた問題が発生する。例えば、被処理体をLED用の基板として使用する場合、貼合時の酸素(空気中の酸素)のミクロな巻き込み(ナノメートルから数十マイクロメートルスケールの環境雰囲気の巻き込み)は、LEDの半導体結晶層の欠陥を導き、LEDの発光特性を悪化させたり、リーク電流を増加させる場合がある。また、貼合時のマクロな巻き込み(数十マイクロメートルからミリメートルスケールの気泡)は、大きな欠陥となり、高効率なLEDを製造する際の収率の低下を招く。そのため、第1のマスク層13を被処理体20に貼合する際には、以下の(1)~(4)に示すいずれかの手法、又は、これらの複合手法を採用することが好ましい。
エネルギー線照射工程において、図5Bに示すように、第2の積層体IIと被処理体20とが接着された積層体IIIに対して、貼合時の圧力を開放した状態でエネルギー線を照射して第1のマスク層13を硬化する。これにより、第1のマスク層13を従来のように押圧しながら硬化させる必要がなくなるので、押圧工程とエネルギー線照射工程とを独立して行うことができ、後述の凹凸構造体40の製造における工程管理が容易となる。
離型工程において、図5B及び図5Cに示すように、第3の積層体IIIにおいて、被処理体20に接着された第2の積層体IIのうち、カバーフィルム10を取り除く。この結果、被処理体20、第1のマスク層13及び第2のマスク層12からなる中間体21が得られる。
エネルギー線照射後に加熱工程を加えることで、第2のマスク層12及び第1のマスク層13の組成にもよるが、第2のマスク層12及び第1のマスク層13の安定性が向上し、離型工程時の転写不良、特に第1のマスク層13の凝集破壊を減少させる効果が得られる。加熱温度は、概ね40℃~200℃の範囲で、第2のマスク層12及び第1のマスク層13のガラス転移温度Tgよりも低い温度が好ましい。また、加熱時間は概ね5秒分~60分であると好ましく、転写精度を向上させ、且つ工業製を高める観点から、5秒~3分であることが最も好ましい。なお、加熱工程は低酸素雰囲気下で行ってもよい。
後処理工程は、図5Dに示す微細マスク構造体16の第2のマスク層12側と被処理体20側の両方又はいずれか一方から、エネルギー線を照射して行う。また、後処理工程は、微細マスク構造体16に対して、加熱とエネルギー線照射との両方、或いは、いずれか一方を行うことによって行う。
中間体21は、第2の積層体IIを被処理体20に貼り合わせた後に、カバーフィルム10を剥離することで製造される第2のマスク層12/第1のマスク層13/被処理体20から成る積層体であり、その製造方法の詳細はマスクパタン転写工程において既に説明した通りである。ここで、中間体21に対して、図5Dに示すようにエッチングを行うことで、微細マスク構造体16を製造できる。更に、微細マスク構造体16に対して図5E及び図5Fに示すようにエッチングを行うことで、被処理体20上に微細パタン22を形成し、凹凸構造体40を得ることができる。
微細パタン22を精度高く製造するためには、微細マスク構造体16の第2のマスク層12及び第1のマスク層13の精度を反映させたエッチング工程を経る必要がある。即ち、精度の高い微細マスク構造体16が必要である。精度の高い微細マスク構造体16は、中間体21の第2のマスク層12及び第1のマスク層13の精度を反映させたエッチングにより製造できる。ここで、中間体21の第2のマスク層12及び第1のマスク層13の精度は、第2の積層体IIのカバーフィルム10の凹凸構造11の精度、第2のマスク層12の配置精度、そして第1のマスク層13の膜厚精度により担保される。即ち、高精度な微細パタン22を製造するためには、中間体21に対して行われるエッチング工程での不良を減少させる必要がある。
次に本実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置について説明する。なお、微細パタン形成用フィルムの詳細については、追って説明する。
まず、熱ナノインプリント装置の貼合部においては、微細パタン形成用フィルムの、第1のマスク層が形成された表面(以下、第1のマスク層面ともいう)が、被処理体の被処理面に対向させた状態で、微細パタン形成用フィルム及び被処理体が貼り合わされる。この貼合部は、微細パタン形成用フィルム又は被処理体に対して実質的に線として接触する回転体を備えた、微細パタン形成用フィルム及び被処理体に対して実質的に線として押圧力を加える押圧部を具備している。
押圧部が備えた回転体は、例えば、微細パタン形成用フィルムの、被処理体が貼り合わされた面、即ち、第1のマスク層面とは反対側の面に接するように配置することができる。また、回転体は、被処理体の、微細パタン形成用フィルムが貼り合わされた面、即ち、被処理面とは反対側の面に接するように配置しても良い。
次に、本実施の形態に係る押圧部についてより詳細に説明する。押圧部が備えた回転体は、少なくともその表層が、ガラス転移温度(以下、Tgともいう)が100℃以下の弾性体、即ち低Tg弾性体で構成される。このような構成により、熱ナノインプリント法に必要な温度を減少させると共に、圧力を小さくできるため、装置の過大化を抑制することができる。なお、押圧部においては、回転体は、断面略真円形の貼合用ローラであることが好ましい。断面略真円形の貼合用ローラであることにより、貼合用ローラの外周に対する角部が実質的になくなることから、低Tg弾性体の弾性変形の均等性が向上し、これに伴い熱ナノインプリント法に必要な温度の均等性を向上させ、且つ圧力を均等に加えることが可能となるため、上記効果を効果的に発現できる。
次に、押圧部の回転手段について説明する。押圧部を備えた貼合部は、微細パタン形成用フィルムと被処理体とを貼り合わせ、押圧する。貼合部における微細パタン形成用フィルムと被処理体との貼合は、微細パタン形成用フィルムの搬送と同時に行われても、微細パタン形成用フィルムの搬送が停止した状態にて行われてもよい。
次に、押圧部の加圧手段について説明する。上述の通り、距離(X)が-(マイナス)微細パタン形成用フィルム1の厚み(T)以上であることにより、距離X及び回転体の表層の材質により決定される圧力(以下、第1の圧力)を加えることができるため、特段加圧手段は設けなくてもよい。しかし、この場合であっても、押圧力の均等性をいっそう向上させるために、後で説明する加圧手段を設けることが好ましい。
次に、上述のような押圧部により、微細パタン形成用フィルムを被処理体に押圧する際に実質的に線として押圧力が加えられるメカニズムについて説明する。
また、本実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置においては、回転体及び被処理体保持部の少なくとも一方に押圧加熱部を付帯することが好ましい。ここで、押圧加熱部は、微細パタン形成用フィルム及び被処理体を押圧部に貼合し、押圧する際に、微細パタン形成用フィルムと被処理体との界面を加熱する目的にて導入する。押圧加熱部を設けることで、微細パタン形成用フィルムと被処理体との界面の温度が向上するため、第1のマスク層の流動性が促進され、熱ナノインプリント精度が向上する。
<第1の実施の形態>
図14は、第1の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置を示す模式図である。熱ナノインプリント装置200は、長尺の微細パタン形成用フィルム101が巻き回された送出しローラ202を具備する。送出しローラ202は、微細パタン形成用フィルム101を所定の速度で送出する。この送出しローラ202と対になって、送出された微細パタン形成用フィルム101を巻き取る巻き取りローラ203が設けられている。巻き取りローラ203の回転数と送出しローラ202の回転数とは微細パタン形成用フィルム101の送り出し速度と巻き取り速度と、が同期するように制御されてもよいが、微細パタン形成用フィルム101のテンションを制御するために、ダンサーローラー、トルクモータ又はテンションコントローラ等を用いることができるため、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の搬送機構は採用するテンション制御方式に応じて適宜設計することができる。なお、送出しローラ202及び巻き取りローラ203にはそれぞれ駆動部を連結することができる。
図15は、第1の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置における剥離部によるカバーフィルムの剥離を示す模式図である。図15A及び図15Bは、微細パタン形成用フィルム101/被処理体104からなる積層体207が搬送されると共に、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の流れ方向MDが変化することで、カバーフィルムが被処理体104より剥離される場合を示している。被処理体104は、図中矢印Aで示す方向に移動する。
(エネルギー線照射部)
貼合部201と剥離部206との間に、エネルギー線照射部を設けることができる。エネルギー線照射部においては、貼合部201で得られた積層体207に対してエネルギー線を照射する。このため、エネルギー線照射部は、微細パタン形成用フィルム101に向かってエネルギーを照射しても、被処理体104に向かってエネルギーを照射しても、その両方であっても良い。特に少なくとも被処理体104に向かってエネルギーを照射することで、微細パタン形成用フィルム101と被処理体104との界面強度を向上できるため、好ましい。
剥離部206よりも微細パタン形成用フィルム101の流れ方向MD前段であり、且つ、エネルギー線照射よりも流れ方向MD後段には、積層体207を加熱する積層体加熱部を設けることができる。積層体加熱部を設けることで、微細パタン形成用フィルム101と被処理体104との界面強度を向上させることができるため、熱ナノインプリント精度が向上する。積層体加熱部による加熱温度は、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の特性に応じて適宜選定できるため、特に限定されないが、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の融点(Tmc)未満であると、装置の過大化を抑制できると共に、熱ナノインプリント精度が向上するため好ましい。特に、被処理体104の加熱温度が、30℃~200℃の範囲になるように加熱できると好ましく、60℃~130℃であるとより好ましい。加熱温度は、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の搬送の観点から、概ね、Tmcの0.6倍以下であると好ましい。このように加熱条件下で積層体207の加熱が行われる。
更に、剥離部206よりも微細パタン形成用フィルム101の流れ方向MDの前段であり、且つ、積層体加熱部よりも流れ方向MDの後段に、積層体207を冷却する冷却部を設けることができる。冷却部を設けることで、カバーフィルムを剥離する際の、剥離性を向上させることができる。ここで、第1の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置200においては、冷却部が微細パタン形成用フィルム101の流れ方向MDに対して、貼合部201と離間して設けられる。更に、第1の実施の形態では、上述のような回転体102を採用していることから、熱ナノインプリントに必要な温度を低く保っている。このため、冷却部の過大化を抑制できる。冷却部は、積層体207に対して空気を吹き付ける程度でよい。冷却部は、少なくとも被処理体104の温度が120℃以下になるように冷却すると、剥離性を向上できるため、好ましい。微細パタン形成用フィルム101の特性に応じて最適な被処理体104の冷却後の温度は決定されるが、概ね、5℃以上60℃以下が好ましく、18℃以上30℃以下がより好ましい。
貼合部201よりも流れ方向MD前段に、搬送部を設けることができる。ここで、搬送部は、格納された被処理体104を取り出し、貼合部201の回転体102の位置まで被処理体104を搬送する。搬送部は、貼合時の被処理体104の被処理体保持部として機能させることもできる。ここで、搬送部における被処理体104の固定は、被処理体104の露出面を脱着自在に固定できる固定手段により行われることが好ましい。固定手段は、例えば、減圧チャック、静電チャック、外周縁部を把持するもの、又は当業者に周知のカセット支持方式のものである。
搬送部よりも流れ方向MDの前段側には、前処理部を設けることができる。前処理部では、被処理体の主面、即ち被処理面を前処理することができる。前処理部としては、例えば、UV-O3処理機構、エキシマ処理機構、酸素アッシング機構、シランカップリング材膜成膜機構及び樹脂層成膜機構が挙げられる。特に、UV-O3処理機構又はエキシマ処理機構を採用することで、過大な設備化を抑制できる。
(回収部)
剥離部よりも流れ方向MDの後段には、回収部を設けることができる。回収部は、剥離部上において微細パタン形成用フィルム101の剥離された被処理体104を回収する。この回収部は、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の剥離された被処理体104を保持しつつ、次の処理のための装置や一時的な保管装置まで搬送する。回収部による被処理体104の保持は、被処理体104の外周縁部を把持することや、被処理体104の微細パタン形成用フィルム101が貼り合わせされていた面とは反対側の面、即ち露出面を支持することにより実現できる。また、回収部として、当業者に周知のカセット支持方式を採用することもできる。
剥離部206よりも微細パタン形成用フィルム101の流れ方向MDの後段であり、且つ、回収部により前段にエネルギー線照射部を設けることができる。エネルギー線照射部により微細パタン形成用フィルム101が剥離され、表面に凹凸構造が転写された被処理体104、即ち図5C示す微細マスク構造体16に相当するものに、エネルギー線を照射することで、被処理体104を安定化することが可能となり、次の処理のおける適用度や保存安定性が向上する。なお、エネルギー線照射部の代わりに加熱部を設けても同様の効果を得ることができる。なお、加熱部を設けた場合、加熱部よりも微細パタン形成用フィルム101の流れ方向MDの後段で且つ回収部よりも前段に冷却部を設けることができる。また、剥離部よりも微細パタン形成用フィルム101の流れ方向MDの後段であり、回収部よりも前段に、エネルギー線照射部、加熱部、冷却部の順に設けることもできる。
図18は、第2の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置を示す模式図である。以下の説明では、第1の実施の形態で説明したものと同じ構成の部材については、同一の符号を付し、説明を省略する。
図18に示すように、貼合部201よりも流れ方向MDの後段であって、巻き取りローラ203よりも前段には、カット部501が設けられている。なお、回転体102とカット部501との間、又は、巻き取りローラ203とカット部501との間は、エネルギー線照射部等の任意の構成要素を併設するのに充分な間隔を設けることが好ましい。
更に、第2の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置300においては、第1の実施の形態における剥離部206に代わって分離部を設けることができる。
以下、第3の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。第3の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置は、第1の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置200と同様に剥離部206を有するものである。上記実施の形態と同様の構成の部材については、同一の番号を付して説明を省略する。
微細パタン形成用フィルム101上に保護層601が設けられる場合、送出しローラ202よりも微細パタン形成用フィルム101の流れ方向MDの後段には、微細パタン形成用フィルム101から保護層601を剥離する保護層剥離ローラ部602が設けられる。送出しローラ202の近傍にダンサーローラを設置した場合は、保護層剥離ローラ部602は、ダンサーローラよりも微細パタン形成用フィルム101の流れ方向MDの後段に設けられる。保護層剥離ローラ部602には、保護層601の流れ方向の後段に、保護層601を巻き取って回収する保護層巻き取りローラ603が併設されている。保護層剥離ローラ部602は、駆動部を具備しないフリーローラであっても、駆動部を付帯したローラであっても、微細パタン形成用フィルム101より保護層601を剥離可能であれば特に限定されない。一方、保護層巻き取りローラ603は、微細パタン形成用フィルム101より剥離された保護層601を巻き取り回収する役割を担うため、駆動部を付帯することが好ましい。駆動部により回転する保護層巻き取りローラ603は、送出しローラ202から送出される微細パタン形成用フィルム101の速度と同期してもよく、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の撓みや蛇行といった搬送不良を抑制するために、微細パタン形成用フィルム101のテンション制御を、保護層巻き取りローラ603の駆動にトルクモータを使用することや、保護層巻き取りローラ603と保護層剥離ローラ部602との間にダンサーローラを設置することができる。トルクモータや、ダンサーローラを設けることで、保護層601に一定のテンションをかけることができる。また、保護層剥離ローラ部602は、貼合部201の回転体102に近い位置に設けられると、保護層601を剥離し露出した微細パタン形成用フィルム101の表面の異物の付着を抑制し、その結果、微細パタン形成用フィルム101と被処理体104の表面との貼合精度が向上するため、好ましい。
回転体102により、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の第1のマスク層面と被処理体104の被処理面とが貼合及び押圧される際、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の搬送は停止する。微細パタン形成用フィルム101の搬送が停止し、回転体102が流れ方向MDとは反対方向に且つ被処理体104の被処理面と平行な面内で移動する。これにより、被処理体保持部205により固定された被処理体104と微細パタン形成用フィルム101とが貼合される。その後、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の搬送が再開する。ここで、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の搬送の再開と略同時、又は、再開前に、被処理体保持部205から被処理体104は脱着される。即ち、微細パタン形成用フィルム101の搬送再開により、被処理体104は微細パタン形成用フィルム101により搬送されるようになる。続いて、微細パタン形成用フィルム101上の被処理体104が、回転体102の初期位置を通過した後に、回転体102が初期位置に戻る。
以上のような構成からなる第3の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置600を用いた熱ナノインプリント方法について説明する。
以下、第4の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置について図面を参照して詳細に説明する。図27は、第4の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置を示す模式図である。上述の実施の形態と同じ構成からなる部材については同一の番号を付し、説明を省略する。
以下、第5の実施の形態について添付図面を参照して詳細に説明する。図30は、第5の実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置を示す模式図である。第3の実施の形態と同じ構成からなる部材については同一の番号を付し、説明を省略する。
以上第1の実施の形態から第5の実施の形態にて説明したマスクパタン転写工程を経た後、図3Cに示す、第2のマスク層12/第1のマスク層13/被処理体20からなる中間体21に対して、エッチング工程を施して凹凸構造体を形成する。この時、既に説明した、所定の露出部を被処理体20の外縁部に含む中間体21を使用することで、微細マスク構造体16の欠陥率を低減でき、これに伴い凹凸構造体40の欠陥率を低減できる。所定の露出部を被処理体20の外縁部に含む中間体21は、第1の実施の形態から第5の実施の形態にて説明したマスクパタン転写工程を経ることで、特に、表層に低Tg弾性体を具備する回転体102を使用することで、制御性高く製造できる。エッチング工程は、第1のマスク層エッチング工程、被処理体エッチング工程の順で構成される。エッチング条件は、材料により種々設計できるが、例えば、次のようなエッチング方法が挙げられる。
第1のマスク層エッチングは、第2のマスク層をエッチングマスクとして機能させた、第1のマスク層のエッチングであり、ドライエッチングを使用することができる。第1のマスク層13のエッチングに用いるガスは、O2ガス、H2ガス、及びArガスの少なくとも1種を含む混合ガスを使用する。特に、O2のみを使用することが好ましい。第1のマスク層13を化学反応的にエッチングする観点から、エッチングに用いるガスとして、O2ガス及びH2ガスを選択することができる。また、イオン入射成分の増加による縦方向エッチングレート向上という観点から、エッチングに用いるガスとして、Arガス及びXeガスを選択することができる。
被処理体エッチング工程は、第1のマスク層13をエッチングマスクとして被処理体20をエッチングする工程であり、ウェットエッチングとドライエッチングのいずれも採用できる。特に、被処理体20の加工自由度を大きくする点から、ドライエッチングを採用することが好ましい。ドライエッチング時の第1のマスク層13のエッチングマスク耐性を向上させる観点から、塩素系ガスやフロン素系ガスを用いたエッチングを行うことができる。塩素系ガスに、酸素ガス、アルゴンガス或いは酸素ガスとアルゴンガスの混合ガスを添加してもよい。
次に、本発明の実施の形態に係る微細パタン形成用フィルムの製造方法について説明する。
工程(1-2):塗布した硬化性樹脂組成物111を、離型処理を施したマスターモールド112に押圧する工程(樹脂を鋳型に押圧する工程、図33B参照)。
工程(1-3):支持基材110側から光照射を行い、硬化性樹脂組成物111を光ラジカル重合させ硬化物層113を得る工程(樹脂を光硬化させる工程、図33C参照)。
工程(1-4):硬化物層113をマスターモールド112から剥離し、マスターモールド112のパタン形状の反転形状を具備した凹凸構造を得る工程(硬化物層113を鋳型から剥離する工程、カバーフィルムAを得る工程、図33D参照)。
工程(1-5):硬化物層113の凹凸構造上に、希釈した第2のマスク層材料114を塗工する工程(図33E参照)。
工程(1-6):溶剤を乾燥除去し、第2のマスク層を具備した第1の積層体Iを得る工程(図33F参照)。
工程(2-2):塗布した硬化性樹脂組成物116をカバーフィルムAに押圧する工程(樹脂を鋳型に押圧する工程、図34B参照)。
工程(2-3):カバーフィルムAの支持基材110側と、もう一方の支持基材115側の両方、又はいずれか一方から光照射を行い、硬化性樹脂組成物111を光ラジカル重合させ硬化物層117を得る工程(樹脂を光硬化させる工程、図34C参照)。
工程(2-4):硬化物層117をカバーフィルムAから剥離し、マスターモールド112のパタン形状と同様の形状を具備した凹凸構造を得る工程(硬化物から鋳型を剥離する工程、カバーフィルムBを得る工程、図34D参照)。
工程(1-8):溶剤を乾燥除去し、第1のマスク層13を形成し、第2の積層体IIを得る工程(図37B参照)。
次に、本実施の形態に係る熱ナノインプリント装置に好適に使用される微細パタン形成用フィルムについて詳細に説明する。微細パタン形成用フィルムは、ナノスケールの凹凸構造の設けられたカバーフィルムと、凹凸構造の凹部内部に設けられた第2のマスク層と、凹凸構造及び第2のマスク層を覆うように設けられた第1のマスク層と、を具備する。
光重合性基を同一分子内に具備するフッ素系添加材としては、フッ素含有(メタ)アクリレートとして、下記化学式(1)で示されるフッ素含有ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられ、下記化学式(1)に示される添加材を使用することにより、後述するEs/Ebを満たすことが可能となるため好ましい。このようなウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、ダイキン工業社製の「オプツールDAC(商標)」を用いることができる。
(メタ)アクリレートとしては、後述する(B)フッ素含有(メタ)アクリレート以外の重合性モノマーであれば制限はないが、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を有するモノマー、ビニル基を有するモノマー、アリル基を有するモノマーが好ましく、アクリロイル基又はメタクリロイル基を有するモノマーがより好ましい。そして、それらは非フッ素含有のモノマーであることが好ましい。なお、(メタ)アクリレートはアクリレート又はメタアクリレートを意味する。
フッ素含有(メタ)アクリレートとしては、ポリフルオロアルキレン鎖及び/又はペルフルオロ(ポリオキシアルキレン)鎖と、重合性基とを有することが好ましく、直鎖状ペルフルオロアルキレン基、又は炭素原子-炭素原子間にエーテル性酸素原子が挿入され且つトリフルオロメチル基を側鎖に有するペルフルオロオキシアルキレン基が更に好ましい。また、トリフルオロメチル基を分子側鎖又は分子構造末端に有する直鎖状のポリフルオロアルキレン鎖及び/又は直鎖状のペルフルオロ(ポリオキシアルキレン)鎖が特に好ましい。
なお、本発明で用いるフッ素含有(メタ)アクリレートは、上記化学式(1)で示されるフッ素含有ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートであると、樹脂中の平均フッ素元素濃度(Eb)を低くした状態で、効果的に凹凸構造表面部のフッ素元素濃度(Es)を高くでき、被処理体への接着性と離型性をいっそう効果的に発現できるため、より好ましい。このようなウレタン(メタ)アクリレートとしては、例えば、ダイキン工業社製の「オプツールDAC」を用いることができる。
光重合開始剤は、光によりラジカル反応又はイオン反応を引き起こすものであり、ラジカル反応を引き起こす光重合開始剤が好ましい。光重合開始剤としては、下記の光重合開始剤が挙げられる。
第2のマスク層1103の材料については、溶剤に希釈可能な、無機前駆体、無機縮合体、金属酸化物フィラー、金属酸化物微粒子等を使用できる。第2のマスク層1103は、微細パタン形成用フィルム1100を使用して、マスクを形成したい被処理体20にマスクを転写する際の転写精度の観点から、光重合可能な光重合性基と熱重合可能な重合性基の両方、又はいずれか一方を含むと特に好ましい。また、第2のマスク層1103は、耐ドライエッチング性の観点から、金属元素を含むことが好ましい。更に、第2のマスク層1103は、金属酸化物微粒子を含むことにより、被処理体20をドライエッチングする際の加工が、より容易になるため好ましい。
微細パタン形成用フィルム1100を、第1のマスク層1104を介して加工対象である被処理体20へと貼合して接着した後に、第1のマスク層1104を硬化させ、その後カバーフィルムを剥離することでも、容易に第2のマスク層1103を被処理体20上へと転写することができる。ここで、微細パタン形成用フィルム1を用いる場合に使用する第1のマスク層1104と、微細パタン形成用フィルムの第1のマスク層1104は同様の特性を満たし、同様の材料から構成される。
Claims (24)
- 一方の表面にナノスケールの凹凸構造が形成されたカバーフィルムと、前記凹凸構造の凹部内部に設けられた第2のマスク層と、前記凹凸構造及び前記第2のマスク層を覆うように設けられた第1のマスク層と、を具備する微細パタン形成用フィルムを使用し、被処理体上に前記第1のマスク層及び前記第2のマスク層を転写付与する転写方法であって、
前記転写方法は、
前記微細パタン形成用フィルムを、前記第1のマスク層が設けられた表面を前記被処理体の表面に向けて押圧する押圧工程、
前記第1のマスク層にエネルギー線を照射するエネルギー線照射工程、及び
前記カバーフィルムを、前記第2のマスク層及び前記第1のマスク層より取り除く離型工程
を少なくともこの順に含むと共に、
前記押圧工程と、前記エネルギー線照射工程と、はそれぞれ独立で行うこと
を特徴とする転写方法。 - 前記エネルギー線照射工程は、前記押圧工程における押圧力を開放した状態にて行うことを特徴とする請求項1記載の転写方法。
- 前記押圧工程は、前記被処理体又は前記微細パタン形成用フィルムの少なくともいずれか一方を加熱した状態にて行うことを特徴とする請求項1又は請求項2記載の転写方法。
- 前記押圧工程においては、少なくともその表層が弾性体で構成された回転体を使用することを特徴とする請求項3記載の転写方法。
- 前記カバーフィルムの前記凹凸構造の表面の凸部の頂部位置(S)と、前記凹凸構造の凹部の内部に充填された前記第2のマスク層の表面位置(Scc)との距離(lcc)は、下記式(1)を満たし、且つ、前記凸部の頂部位置(S)と前記凸部上に形成された前記第2のマスク層の頂部位置(Scv)との距離(lcv)は、下記式(2)を満たすことを特徴とする請求項1から請求項4のいずれかに記載の転写方法。
0<lcc<1.0h (1)
(ただし、前記凸部の前記頂部位置(S)と前記凹部の底部位置との距離で表される、前記凹凸構造の高さ(深さ)をhとする。)
0≦lcv≦0.05h (2) - 前記微細パタン形成用フィルムにおいて、前記第2のマスク層の前記頂部位置(Scv)と前記第1のマスク層の露出表面位置(Sb)との距離(lor)は、下記式(3)を満たすことを特徴とする請求項5記載の転写方法。
0≦lor<1500nm (3) - 請求項1から請求項6のいずれかに記載の転写方法により、前記被処理体上に前記第1のマスク層及び前記第2のマスク層を転写するための熱ナノインプリント装置であって、
前記押圧工程を実施するための押圧部と、
前記エネルギー線照射工程を実施するためのエネルギー線照射部と、
前記離型工程を実施するための離型部と、
を具備することを特徴とする熱ナノインプリント装置。 - 前記押圧部において、前記被処理体を加熱するための加熱手段を更に具備することを特徴とする請求項7記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 請求項1から請求項6のいずれかに記載の転写方法により、前記被処理体上に前記第1のマスク層及び前記第2のマスク層を転写するための熱ナノインプリント装置であって、
前記第1のマスク層が形成された表面を、前記被処理体の一方の表面に対向させた状態で前記微細パタン形成用フィルム及び前記被処理体を貼り合わせる貼合部を具備し、
前記貼合部は、前記微細パタン形成用フィルム又は前記被処理体に対して実質的に線として接触する回転体を備えた、前記微細パタン形成用フィルム又は前記被処理体に対して実質的に線として押圧力を加える押圧部を具備し、
前記回転体は、少なくともその表層が、ガラス転移温度が100℃以下の弾性体で構成されている
ことを特徴とする熱ナノインプリント装置。 - 前記回転体は、断面略真円形の貼合用ローラであることを特徴とする請求項9記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 前記貼合部で貼り合わされた前記微細パタン形成用フィルム及び前記被処理体から前記カバーフィルムを離型し、表面に前記第1のマスク層及び前記第2のマスク層が転写された前記被処理体を得るための剥離部を更に具備することを特徴とする請求項9又は請求項10記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 前記微細パタン形成用フィルムがキャリアフィルムであること、
前記キャリアフィルムを巻き出す送出しローラと、前記送出しローラから巻き出された前記キャリアフィルムを巻き取る巻き取りローラと、前記貼合部において前記キャリアフィルム及び前記被処理体を貼り合わせるときに前記被処理体を加熱する加熱手段と、前記貼合部よりも前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向後段で且つ前記巻き取りローラよりも前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向前段に設けられ、前記貼り合わされた前記キャリアフィルム及び前記被処理体から前記カバーフィルムを剥離する剥離部と、を更に具備していること、及び、
前記貼合部は、前記送出しローラ及び前記巻き取りローラにより搬送される前記キャリアフィルムの幅方向に亘って延設されていること、
を特徴とする請求項9又は請求項10に記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。 - 前記貼合部よりも前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向後段で且つ前記剥離部よりも前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向前段に設けられ、前記キャリアフィルムに対してエネルギー線を照射するエネルギー線照射部を更に具備することを特徴とする請求項12記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 前記剥離部において前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向が変化することを特徴とする請求項12又は請求項13記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 前記剥離部は、断面略真円形の剥離用ローラ及び前記被処理体を着脱自在に固定する固定手段から構成されていることを特徴とする請求項12から請求項14のいずれかに記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 少なくとも前記貼合部で前記キャリアフィルム及び前記被処理体を貼り合わせるときに前記被処理体を保持する被処理体保持部を更に具備することを特徴とする請求項12から請求項15のいずれかに記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 前記貼合部から前記剥離部までの間においては、前記被処理体が、前記キャリアフィルムにより支持され、前記キャリアフィルムの搬送に伴って移動することを特徴とする請求項12から請求項16のいずれかに記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 前記微細パタン形成用フィルムがキャリアフィルムであること、
前記キャリアフィルムを巻き出す送出しローラと、前記送出しローラから巻き出された前記キャリアフィルムを巻き取る巻き取りローラと、少なくとも前記貼合部で前記キャリアフィルム及び前記被処理体を貼り合わせるときに前記被処理体を加熱する加熱手段と、前記貼合部よりも前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向後段で且つ前記巻き取りローラよりも前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向前段に設けられたカット部と、を更に具備すること、
前記貼合部は、前記送出しローラ及び前記巻き取りローラにより搬送される前記キャリアフィルムの幅方向に亘って延設されること、及び、
前記カット部において、前記被処理体に貼り合わされた前記キャリアフィルムは、前記被処理体の外形以上の大きさにて部分的に裁断されること
を特徴とする請求項9又は請求項10記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。 - 前記カット部よりも前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向後段で且つ前記巻き取りローラよりも前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向前段に設けられ、前記キャリアフィルムの貼り合わされた前記被処理体を前記キャリアフィルムより分離する分離部を更に具備し、
前記分離部は、前記キャリアフィルムが貼り合わされた前記被処理体の、少なくとも前記キャリアフィルム側とは反対側の表面を保持する分離用被処理体保持部及び前記搬送される前記キャリアフィルムの流れ方向を変化させる分離用ローラ又は分離用エッジにより構成されること
を特徴とする請求項18記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。 - 少なくとも前記貼合部で前記キャリアフィルム及び前記被処理体を貼り合わせるときに前記被処理体を保持する被処理体保持部を更に具備することを特徴とする請求項18又は請求項19記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 前記貼合部から前記分離用ローラ又は前記分離用エッジまでの間においては、前記被処理体が前記キャリアフィルムにより支持され、前記キャリアフィルムの搬送に伴い、移動することを特徴とする請求項19又は請求項20記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 前記貼合部において前記キャリアフィルムと前記被処理体とを貼り合わせる工程は、
前記被処理体保持部により前記被処理体を固定保持し、
次に、貼合用ローラにより、前記被処理体の一端部から前記キャリアフィルムの前記第1のマスク層を前記被処理体に貼り合わせ始め、
前記貼合用ローラが前記被処理体の他端部を通過しきる前に、前記被処理体保持部による前記被処理体の固定保持を開放することを特徴とする請求項16、17、20又は請求項21のいずれかに記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。 - 前記被処理体保持部は、吸着により前記被処理体を固定保持することを特徴とする請求項22記載の熱ナノインプリント装置。
- 被処理体と、前記被処理体の表面の少なくとも一部に、前記表面の少なくとも外縁部の一部に露出部を残して設けられた微細マスクパタンと、を具備する積層体であって、
前記微細マスクパタンは、前記被処理体上に微細凹凸構造として設けられた第1のマスク層と、前記第1のマスク層の少なくとも凸部の頂部の上に設けられた第2のマスク層と、を具備することを特徴とする積層体。
Priority Applications (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
EP13787905.2A EP2848391B1 (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2013-04-30 | Transfer method and thermal nanoimprint device |
JP2013531813A JP5560377B2 (ja) | 2012-05-08 | 2013-04-30 | 転写方法及び熱ナノインプリント装置 |
CN201380024210.8A CN104271332B (zh) | 2012-05-08 | 2013-04-30 | 转印方法及热纳米压印装置 |
US14/399,788 US20150111005A1 (en) | 2012-05-08 | 2013-04-30 | Transfer method and thermal nanoimprinting apparatus |
KR1020157007666A KR101881200B1 (ko) | 2012-05-08 | 2013-04-30 | 전사 방법 및 열 나노임프린트 장치 |
KR1020147029872A KR101531143B1 (ko) | 2012-05-08 | 2013-04-30 | 전사 방법 및 열 나노임프린트 장치 |
IN2313MUN2014 IN2014MN02313A (ja) | 2012-05-08 | 2013-04-30 |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2012106937 | 2012-05-08 | ||
JP2012-106937 | 2012-05-08 | ||
JP2012-135005 | 2012-06-14 | ||
JP2012135005 | 2012-06-14 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2013168634A1 true WO2013168634A1 (ja) | 2013-11-14 |
WO2013168634A8 WO2013168634A8 (ja) | 2014-01-16 |
Family
ID=49550676
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/JP2013/062590 WO2013168634A1 (ja) | 2012-05-08 | 2013-04-30 | 転写方法及び熱ナノインプリント装置 |
Country Status (9)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20150111005A1 (ja) |
EP (2) | EP2979845A1 (ja) |
JP (2) | JP5560377B2 (ja) |
KR (2) | KR101881200B1 (ja) |
CN (2) | CN104865792A (ja) |
IN (1) | IN2014MN02313A (ja) |
MY (1) | MY171653A (ja) |
TW (2) | TWI495558B (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2013168634A1 (ja) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2016096217A (ja) * | 2014-11-13 | 2016-05-26 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | ドライレジスト層転写フィルムロール |
US20180050513A1 (en) * | 2015-03-09 | 2018-02-22 | Dexerials Corporation | Anti-Fogging and Anti-Fouling Laminate and Method for Producing Same, Article and Method for Producing Same, and Anti-Fouling Method |
JP2020009899A (ja) * | 2018-07-06 | 2020-01-16 | キヤノン株式会社 | 平坦化層形成装置、平坦化層の製造方法、および物品製造方法 |
Families Citing this family (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2690650B1 (en) * | 2011-06-23 | 2017-08-09 | Asahi Kasei Kabushiki Kaisha | Laminate for forming fine pattern, and method for producing laminate for forming fine pattern |
TWI696108B (zh) * | 2015-02-13 | 2020-06-11 | 日商半導體能源研究所股份有限公司 | 功能面板、功能模組、發光模組、顯示模組、位置資料輸入模組、發光裝置、照明設備、顯示裝置、資料處理裝置、功能面板的製造方法 |
US10471646B2 (en) * | 2015-05-19 | 2019-11-12 | The University Of Massachusetts | Methods and system for mass production, volume manufacturing of re-entrant structures |
EP3320399A1 (en) | 2015-07-07 | 2018-05-16 | Illumina, Inc. | Selective surface patterning via nanoimprinting |
JP6502284B2 (ja) * | 2016-02-26 | 2019-04-17 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | 感光性転写材料及び回路配線の製造方法 |
CN105818556A (zh) * | 2016-03-25 | 2016-08-03 | 南京京晶光电科技有限公司 | 一种采用纳米压印工艺在基材表面加工cd纹的方法 |
US10549494B2 (en) * | 2016-04-20 | 2020-02-04 | Himax Technologies Limited | Imprinting apparatus and imprinting method |
TWI656965B (zh) * | 2016-04-20 | 2019-04-21 | 奇景光電股份有限公司 | 壓印設備及壓印方法 |
KR101816838B1 (ko) * | 2016-07-08 | 2018-01-09 | 주식회사 기가레인 | 나노 임프린트용 레플리카 몰드, 그 제조방법 및 나노 임프린트용 레플리카 몰드 제조장치 |
TWI672212B (zh) * | 2016-08-25 | 2019-09-21 | 國立成功大學 | 奈米壓印組合體及其壓印方法 |
KR20180041804A (ko) | 2016-10-14 | 2018-04-25 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | 임프린트용 가압 롤러 및 이를 이용한 임프린트 방법 |
JP6837352B2 (ja) * | 2017-02-28 | 2021-03-03 | 芝浦機械株式会社 | 転写装置および転写方法 |
KR20180105433A (ko) * | 2017-03-15 | 2018-09-28 | 주식회사 기가레인 | 임프린트 장치 및 임프린트 방법 |
JP7148535B2 (ja) * | 2017-03-16 | 2022-10-05 | ユニヴェルシテ デクス-マルセイユ | ナノインプリントリソグラフィプロセスと、それから得られるパターン化基板 |
US11571841B2 (en) * | 2017-05-08 | 2023-02-07 | Ykk Corporation | Plastic molded product |
CN108987573B (zh) * | 2017-06-05 | 2020-01-24 | Tcl集团股份有限公司 | 量子点薄膜的转印方法 |
CN109808319B (zh) * | 2017-11-20 | 2020-09-22 | Tcl科技集团股份有限公司 | 一种印章及其制备方法与量子点转印方法 |
JP7196820B2 (ja) * | 2019-11-11 | 2022-12-27 | 豊田合成株式会社 | ホットスタンプ装置 |
US11728199B2 (en) * | 2019-12-23 | 2023-08-15 | Asmpt Nexx, Inc. | Substrate support features and method of application |
US11520228B2 (en) * | 2020-09-03 | 2022-12-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Mass fabrication-compatible processing of semiconductor metasurfaces |
KR20230140641A (ko) * | 2022-03-29 | 2023-10-10 | 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 | 임프린트 장치 |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2007144995A (ja) * | 2005-10-25 | 2007-06-14 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | 光硬化ナノインプリント用モールド及びその製造方法 |
JP2010105210A (ja) * | 2008-10-28 | 2010-05-13 | Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp | パターン形成方法 |
JP2010284814A (ja) * | 2009-06-09 | 2010-12-24 | Fuji Electric Device Technology Co Ltd | スタンパの製造方法 |
JP2011020272A (ja) | 2009-07-13 | 2011-02-03 | Toshiba Mach Co Ltd | 転写装置および転写方法 |
JP4943876B2 (ja) | 2007-01-30 | 2012-05-30 | 東芝機械株式会社 | 熱ナノインプリント方法 |
Family Cites Families (19)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS5135394B2 (ja) | 1972-09-01 | 1976-10-01 | ||
JP2006164365A (ja) * | 2004-12-06 | 2006-06-22 | Tdk Corp | 樹脂マスク層形成方法、情報記録媒体製造方法および樹脂マスク層形成装置 |
CN100541326C (zh) * | 2004-12-30 | 2009-09-16 | 中国科学院电工研究所 | 纳米级别图形的压印制造方法及其装置 |
WO2008091571A2 (en) * | 2007-01-22 | 2008-07-31 | Nano Terra Inc. | High-throughput apparatus for patterning flexible substrates and method of using the same |
US20080229941A1 (en) * | 2007-03-19 | 2008-09-25 | Babak Heidari | Nano-imprinting apparatus and method |
US8027086B2 (en) * | 2007-04-10 | 2011-09-27 | The Regents Of The University Of Michigan | Roll to roll nanoimprint lithography |
JP5106933B2 (ja) * | 2007-07-04 | 2012-12-26 | ラピスセミコンダクタ株式会社 | 半導体装置 |
JP4406452B2 (ja) * | 2007-09-27 | 2010-01-27 | 株式会社日立製作所 | ベルト状金型およびそれを用いたナノインプリント装置 |
JP2009190300A (ja) * | 2008-02-15 | 2009-08-27 | Toppan Printing Co Ltd | インプリント法 |
JP4551957B2 (ja) * | 2008-12-12 | 2010-09-29 | 株式会社東芝 | 磁気記録媒体の製造方法 |
KR20100068830A (ko) * | 2008-12-15 | 2010-06-24 | 삼성전자주식회사 | 임프린트 몰드, 임프린트 장치 및 패턴 형성 방법 |
KR101054916B1 (ko) * | 2009-06-26 | 2011-08-05 | 주식회사 디엠에스 | 스템프 분리장치 |
JP5372708B2 (ja) * | 2009-11-09 | 2013-12-18 | 株式会社日立産機システム | 微細構造転写装置 |
JP2011165855A (ja) * | 2010-02-09 | 2011-08-25 | Toshiba Corp | パターン形成方法 |
JP2013110135A (ja) * | 2010-03-12 | 2013-06-06 | Bridgestone Corp | 光硬化性転写シートを用いた凹凸パターンの形成方法、及びその方法に用いる装置 |
JP2011240643A (ja) * | 2010-05-20 | 2011-12-01 | Bridgestone Corp | 樹脂製フィルムを用いた凹凸パターンの形成方法、その方法に使用する装置 |
JP5349404B2 (ja) * | 2010-05-28 | 2013-11-20 | 株式会社東芝 | パターン形成方法 |
TWI432523B (zh) * | 2011-06-21 | 2014-04-01 | Asahi Kasei E Materials Corp | And an inorganic composition for transfer of fine asperity structure |
JP5872369B2 (ja) * | 2012-04-19 | 2016-03-01 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | 微細凹凸パターン付き基材の製造方法 |
-
2013
- 2013-04-30 CN CN201510155419.9A patent/CN104865792A/zh active Pending
- 2013-04-30 KR KR1020157007666A patent/KR101881200B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2013-04-30 JP JP2013531813A patent/JP5560377B2/ja not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-04-30 KR KR1020147029872A patent/KR101531143B1/ko active IP Right Grant
- 2013-04-30 EP EP15182156.8A patent/EP2979845A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2013-04-30 IN IN2313MUN2014 patent/IN2014MN02313A/en unknown
- 2013-04-30 US US14/399,788 patent/US20150111005A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2013-04-30 CN CN201380024210.8A patent/CN104271332B/zh not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2013-04-30 MY MYPI2014703231A patent/MY171653A/en unknown
- 2013-04-30 WO PCT/JP2013/062590 patent/WO2013168634A1/ja active Application Filing
- 2013-04-30 EP EP13787905.2A patent/EP2848391B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2013-05-08 TW TW102116472A patent/TWI495558B/zh not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2013-05-08 TW TW103134826A patent/TWI598211B/zh not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2014
- 2014-05-14 JP JP2014100125A patent/JP6162640B2/ja not_active Expired - Fee Related
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2007144995A (ja) * | 2005-10-25 | 2007-06-14 | Dainippon Printing Co Ltd | 光硬化ナノインプリント用モールド及びその製造方法 |
JP4943876B2 (ja) | 2007-01-30 | 2012-05-30 | 東芝機械株式会社 | 熱ナノインプリント方法 |
JP2010105210A (ja) * | 2008-10-28 | 2010-05-13 | Asahi Kasei E-Materials Corp | パターン形成方法 |
JP2010284814A (ja) * | 2009-06-09 | 2010-12-24 | Fuji Electric Device Technology Co Ltd | スタンパの製造方法 |
JP2011020272A (ja) | 2009-07-13 | 2011-02-03 | Toshiba Mach Co Ltd | 転写装置および転写方法 |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
See also references of EP2848391A4 |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP2016096217A (ja) * | 2014-11-13 | 2016-05-26 | 旭化成イーマテリアルズ株式会社 | ドライレジスト層転写フィルムロール |
US20180050513A1 (en) * | 2015-03-09 | 2018-02-22 | Dexerials Corporation | Anti-Fogging and Anti-Fouling Laminate and Method for Producing Same, Article and Method for Producing Same, and Anti-Fouling Method |
JP2020009899A (ja) * | 2018-07-06 | 2020-01-16 | キヤノン株式会社 | 平坦化層形成装置、平坦化層の製造方法、および物品製造方法 |
JP7104577B2 (ja) | 2018-07-06 | 2022-07-21 | キヤノン株式会社 | 平坦化層形成装置、平坦化層の製造方法、および物品製造方法 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
TW201505818A (zh) | 2015-02-16 |
JPWO2013168634A1 (ja) | 2016-01-07 |
CN104271332B (zh) | 2016-04-13 |
JP2014187376A (ja) | 2014-10-02 |
KR101881200B1 (ko) | 2018-07-24 |
EP2848391A1 (en) | 2015-03-18 |
JP5560377B2 (ja) | 2014-07-23 |
KR101531143B1 (ko) | 2015-06-23 |
KR20150041161A (ko) | 2015-04-15 |
IN2014MN02313A (ja) | 2015-08-07 |
CN104865792A (zh) | 2015-08-26 |
US20150111005A1 (en) | 2015-04-23 |
TW201408469A (zh) | 2014-03-01 |
WO2013168634A8 (ja) | 2014-01-16 |
TWI598211B (zh) | 2017-09-11 |
EP2979845A1 (en) | 2016-02-03 |
CN104271332A (zh) | 2015-01-07 |
EP2848391A4 (en) | 2015-04-29 |
MY171653A (en) | 2019-10-22 |
EP2848391B1 (en) | 2018-09-19 |
TWI495558B (zh) | 2015-08-11 |
JP6162640B2 (ja) | 2017-07-12 |
KR20140144716A (ko) | 2014-12-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP6162640B2 (ja) | 熱インプリント装置 | |
JP6339727B2 (ja) | レジスト積層体の製造方法 | |
JP5243672B1 (ja) | 微細パタン形成用積層体及び微細パタン形成用積層体の製造方法 | |
JP6038261B2 (ja) | 樹脂モールド及びその製造方法 | |
JPWO2012077738A1 (ja) | 微細構造積層体、微細構造積層体の作製方法及び微細構造体の製造方法 | |
WO2013002048A1 (ja) | 微細凹凸構造転写用鋳型 | |
JP6177168B2 (ja) | エッチング被加工材及びそれを用いたエッチング方法 | |
JP6010481B2 (ja) | フィルム状モールドの製造方法 | |
JP6276014B2 (ja) | 微細パタン形成用積層体及び微細パタン形成用フィルムロール並びに微細パタン形成用積層体の搬送方法 | |
JP5813418B2 (ja) | 微細パターンの製造方法 | |
JP6371076B2 (ja) | フィルム状モールドの製造方法 | |
JP6307258B2 (ja) | 微細パタン形成用積層体 | |
JP5820639B2 (ja) | 微細マスク形成用積層体、及び加工対象物の加工方法 | |
JP6132545B2 (ja) | 微細パタン形成用積層体 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2013531813 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 13787905 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20147029872 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 14399788 Country of ref document: US |
|
NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2013787905 Country of ref document: EP |